SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course...

264
J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G Publication T 881/01 DATE OF ISSUE: 9/2001 © 2001 Jaguar Cars PRINTED IN USA This publication is intended for instructional purposes only. Always refer to the appropriate Jaguar Service publication for specific details and procedures. All rights reserved. All material contained herein is based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE MANAGEMENT ISSUE ONE DATE OF ISSUE: 9/2001

Transcript of SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course...

Page 1: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

Publication T 881/01DATE OF ISSUE: 9/2001

© 2001 Jaguar Cars

PRINTED IN USA

This publication is intended for instructional purposes only. Always refer to the appropriate Jaguar Service publication for specific details and procedures.

All rights reserved. All material contained herein is based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.

SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881V6 / V8 ENGINE MANAGEMENT

ISSUE ONEDATE OF ISSUE: 9/2001

Page 2: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 3: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

INSERT TAB FOR AJ26/AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT

SECTION HERE

Page 4: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 5: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 6: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service Training

AJ26 / AJ27 Engine Management Acronyms and Abbreviations:

A ‘A’ Bank (Bank 1)AACV Air Assist Control Valve

AAI Air Assist Fuel InjectionA/C Air Conditioning

A/CCM Air Conditioning Control ModuleAFR Air : Fuel Ratio

B ‘B’ Bank (Bank 2)BARO Barometric Pressure (Sensor)BTDC Before Top Dead CenterCAN Controller Area NetworkCCV Canister Close Valve

CKP(S) Crankshaft Position (Sensor)CMP(S) Camshaft Position (Sensor)

DLC Data Link ConnectorDTC Diagnostic Trouble CodeECM Engine Control Module

ECT(S) Engine Coolant Temperature (Sensor)EEPROM Erasable Electronically Programmable Read-Only Memory

EGR Exhaust Gas RecirculationEMS Engine Management System

EOT(S) Engine Oil Temperature (Sensor)EVAP Evaporative Emission Control

FI Fuel InjectionFP1 Fuel pump 1FP2 Fuel pump 2

FTP(S) Fuel Tank Pressure (Sensor)HC Hydrocarbon

HO2(S) Exhaust Gas Heated Oxygen (Sensor)IAT(S) Intake Air Temperature (Sensor)IAT2 Intake air temperature 2 (charge air temperature)

IATS2 Intake air temperature (Sensor) 2 (charge air temperature sensor)KS Knock Sensor

LED Light Emitting DiodeLEV Low Emissions Vehicle

NOTES

1.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 7: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service Training

MAF(S) Mass Air Flow (Sensor)MAP(S) Manifold Absolute Pressure (Sensor)

MIL Malfunction Indicator LampN/A Normally Aspirated

NOx Nitrous OxideNTC Negative Temperature Coefficient

O2(S) Exhaust Gas Oxygen (Sensor)OBD On-Board Diagnostics

ORVR On-Board Refueling Vapor RecoveryPP(S) Pedal Position (Sensor)PWM Pulse Width ModulatedRAM Random Access MemoryROM Read Only Memory

SC SuperchargedSCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network

TCM Transmission Control ModuleTP(S) Throttle Position (Sensor)VVT Variable Valve Timing

WOT Wide Open Throttle

Measurement Values:B+ Battery voltageHz Hertz (cycles per second)

km/h Kilometers per hourmph Miles per hour

ms Millisecondsrpm Revolutions per minute

V Voltage˚C Degrees Celsius˚F Degrees FahrenheitΩ Ohms (resistance)> Greater than< Less than

bar Unit of absolute pressurein. hg. Unit of absolute pressure (inches of mercury)

NOTES

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 1.3

Page 8: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service Training

AJ26 / AJ27 EMS OVERVIEW

The AJ26 engine management system was designed for the introduction of the V8 engine to the Jaguar range of vehi-cles starting with the 1997 model year XK8. A supercharged version was added for 1998 model year.

The AJ27 engine management system is a further development of the AJ26 system designed to meet more stringentemission control standards and enhance engine performance. The naturally aspirated AJ27 system was introducedfor the 1999 model year; the supercharged AJ27 system was introduced for the 2000 model year.

System application is as follows:

Engine Management System Model Year Models

AJ26 1997 XK N/A

1998 XK & XJ N/A

1999 XJR (SC)

AJ27 1999 XK & XJ N/A

2000 XK & XJ N/A and SC

2001 XK & XJ N/A and SC

2002 XK & XJ N/A and SC

Both systems are built around a two-microprocessor based Engine Control Module (ECM). The ECM is linked to and com-municates with other powertrain control modules and other vehicle systems via the Controller Area Network (CAN).

The ECM governs all engine operating functions including:

• Air induction via an electronically controlled throttle

• Fuel delivery

• Sequential fuel injection

• Ignition via on-plug ignition coils

• Idle speed control

• Exhaust emission control

• Evaporative emission control

• Intake valve timing

• Exhaust gas recirculation (certain variants only)

• Cooling system radiator fan control

• Air conditioning compressor control

• Cruise control

• Engine speed limiting

• Engine torque reduction to aid transmission shift quality and enhance traction / stability control

• EMS and OBD II diagnostics

• Default operating modes including engine speed and throttle limits

NOTES

1.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 9: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service Training

System Variant Summary (North America specification vehicles):

* Early production only. EGR deleted on normally aspirated engine as a running change during 1997.

** Key transponder security input and diagnostic introduced for 1998 model year.

*** On-board refueling vapor recovery (ORVR) introduced for 1998 model year XJ8, 1999 model year XK8.

NOTES

FUNCTION AJ26 N/A AJ26 SC AJ27 N/A AJ27 SC

Electronically controlled throttle• Electronically controlled throttle with mechanical guard• Full authority electronically controlled throttle

X XX X

Variable valve timing• Two position variable intake valve timing• Linear variable intake valve timing

XX

Exhaust gas recirculation X * X X

Oxygen sensors• Upstream HO2S; downstream O2S• Upstream Universal HO2S; downstream HO2S

X XX X

Ignition coils• A Bank / B Bank ignition coil modules• Individual integral ignition coil modules

X XX X

Security engine management immobilization X ** X X X

On-board refueling vapor recovery X *** X X *** X

Air assisted fuel injection X

DTC memory• DTCs and system adaptions stored in volatile memory• DTCs and system adaptions stored in non-volatile memory

X XX X

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 1.5

Page 10: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service Training

AJ26 / AJ27 EMS OVERVIEW

PWM (Pulse Width Modulated) Control

Pulse width modulated control is an electronic means of switching a control signal ON / OFF to a control device such asa hydraulic pressure control solenoid so that it can be positioned as necessary to achieve a required hydraulic pressure.

In order for the solenoid to be positioned somewhere between fully closed and fully open to achieve the requiredhydraulic pressure, the control signal to the solenoid must be controlled in a way that allows infinite positioningbetween closed / open.

Frequency

With pulse width modulation, the control signal to the solenoid is switched ON and OFF very quickly at a frequency(cycles per second) normally expressed in Hertz (Hz). An average frequency for automotive application is approxi-mately 300 Hz.

Duty cycle

The length of time the control signal is switched ONduring each cycle (pulse width) is varied by the controlmodule and referred to as the duty cycle, normallyexpressed as a ratio percentage between 0 and 100.The duty cycle will determine the position of the sole-noid because the solenoid cannot follow the rapid on /off control signal and assumes a position between thelimits of travel proportional to the duty cycle.

Pulse width

Only the pulse width is varied by the control module.The frequency usually remains fixed with PWM con-trolled devices.

NOTES

PULSE WIDTH

ONE CYCLE (Hz)

T880/109

DUTY CYCLE

1.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 11: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Positive / Negative Duty Cycle

The control signal can be either a power supply orground. If the control signal is a power supply, the dutycycle is determined as the high voltage pulse (positivepulse). If the control signal is a ground, the duty cycle isdetermined as the zero voltage pulse (negative pulse).Before measuring or monitoring a PWM signal, firstdetermine if the signal should be a positive or negativeduty cycle.

NOTES

1 Hz

B+V

50%HIGH

50%LOW

50% DUTY CYCLE

25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE

75% NEGATIVE DUTY CYCLE25%HIGH

75%LOW

0V

B+V

0V

T880/110

POSITIVE / NEGATIVE DUTY CYCLE

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 1.7

Page 12: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

1.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 13: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 14: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

CONTROL SUMMARIES

The AJ26 and AJ27 engine management systems are comprehensive engine control systems that allow completeelectronic control over all engine functions. The following eight pages provide control summaries for the four sys-tem variants. Specific pin-out data can be found in the applicable Electrical Guide.

System Logic: AJ26 N/A

VVT VVT

M

IATS

MAFS

TPS

THROTTLEMOTOR

EGR

MECHANICAL GUARDSENSOR PEDAL POSITIONSENSOR

CYLINDERS1A, 2B, 3B, 4A

ECTS

KS

CKPS

FIFI

CMPS

A BANK

IGNITIONMODULE

B BANK

IGNITIONMODULE

HO2S

O2S

HO2S

O2S

IGNITIONMODULE

1

CYLINDERS1B, 2A, 3A, 4B

IGNITIONMODULE

2

T880.01

AJ26 N/A ENGINE MANAGEMENT SENSORS AND COMPONENTS

2.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 15: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

RADIATOR FANS A/C COMPRESSORCLUTCH

MAFS

BATTERY POWER

IGNITION SWITCHEDPOWER

BPM (ENGINE CRANK SIGNAL)

TRANSMISSION (PARK / NEUTRAL)

SECURITY INTERFACE

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

DATA CAN (NETWORK):• ABS/TCCM• TCM• GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION• INSTRUMENT PACK

IATS

ECTS

CKPS

CMPS

HO2S

O2S

KS

THROTTLE

IGNITIONMODULES

FUEL INJECTORS

HO2S HEATERS

VARIABLEVALVE TIMING

EVAPP

EGR

VACUUM SWITCHINGVALVES

DIAGNOSTICMONITORING

RADIATORFAN CONTROL

RELAY MODULE

FUEL PUMP

FUEL PUMPRELAY

A/C COMP.CLUTCHRELAY

BATTERY POWEREMS

CONTROLRELAY

ECM SWITCHED POWER

BATTERY POWER

ECM SWITCHED POWER

IGNITIONPOWER SUPPLY IGNITION

COILRELAY

BATTERY POWER

ECM SWITCHED POWER THROTTLEMOTORPOWERRELAY

A/C REFRIGERANT4-WAY

PRESSURESWITCH

CRUISE CONTROLSWITCHES

PARKINGBRAKE

SWITCH

BATTERY POWER

ECM SWITCHED POWER

FUELINJECTION

RELAY

FUEL INJECTORPOWER SUPPLY

BARO

CPU 1

CPU 2

AJ26 N/A ENGINE MANAGEMENT INPUTS / OUTPUTS

T880.02

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 2.3

Page 16: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

CONTROL SUMMARIES

System Logic: AJ26 SC

M

IATS

MAFS

TPS

THROTTLEMOTOR

EGR

PEDAL POSITIONSENSOR

MECHANICAL GUARDSENSOR

FIFI

IATS 2

ECTSIGNITIONMODULE

CMPSIGNITIONMODULE

KS

HO2S HO2S

O2SO2S

CKPS

A BANK B BANK

CYLINDERS1A, 2B, 3B, 4A

IGNITIONMODULE

1

CYLINDERS1B, 2A, 3A, 4B

IGNITIONMODULE

2

AJ26 SC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SENSORS AND COMPONENTS

T880.03

2.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 17: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

RADIATORFAN

CONTROL RELAY MOD.

FUEL PUMP1

RELAY

FUEL PUMP2

RELAY

CHARGE AIRCOOLER

PUMP RELAY

A/C COMP.CLUTCHRELAY

FUEL PUMP 1 FUEL PUMP 2CHARGE AIR

COOLER PUMPRADIATOR

FANS

A/CCOMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

IGNITIONCOIL

RELAY

THROTTLEMOTORPOWERRELAY

A/C REFRIGERANT4-WAY

PRESSURESWITCH

CRUISECONTROLSWITCHES

PARKINGBRAKE

SWITCH

BATTERY POWER

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER

EMSCONTROL

RELAY

ECM SWITCHEDPOWER

BRAKESWITCH

FUELINJECTION

RELAY

FUELINJECTOR

PWR SUPPLY

IGNITIONPWR SUPPLY

ECM SWITCHED POWER

BPM (ENGINE CRANK SIGNAL)

TRANSMISSION (PARK / NEUTRAL)

SECURITY INTERFACE

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

DATA CAN (NETWORK):• ABS/TCCM• TCM• GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION• INSTRUMENT PACK

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

MAFS

IATS 2

ECTS

CKPS

CMPS

HO2S

O2S

KS

IATS

FTP SENSOR

THROTTLE

FUELINJECTORS

IGNITIONMODULES

HO2SHEATERS

EVAPP

CCV

EGR

VACUUMSWITCHING

VALVES

DIAGNOSTICMONITORING

BATTERYPOWER

BATTERYPOWER

BATTERYPOWER

BATTERYPOWER

ECMSWITCHEDPOWER

ECMSWITCHEDPOWER

BARO

CPU 1

CPU 2

AJ26 SC ENGINE MANAGEMENT INPUTS / OUTPUTS

T880.04

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 2.5

Page 18: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

CONTROL SUMMARIES

System Logic: AJ27 N/A

M

IATSMAFS

AACV

TPS

PPS

FICMPS

ECTS

IGNITIONMODULE

THROTTLEMOTOR

VVT

FICMPS

IGNITIONMODULE

VVT

HO2S

HO2S

KS

HO2S

HO2S

A BANK B BANK

EOTS

CKPS

AJ27 N/A ENGINE MANAGEMENT SENSORS AND COMPONENTS

T880.05

2.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 19: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

RADIATOR FANS A/C COMPRESSORCLUTCH

MAFS

A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST (A/CCM)

BATTERY POWER

IGNITION SWITCHEDPOWER

BPM (ENGINE CRANK SIGNAL)

TRANSMISSION (PARK / NEUTRAL)

(CRASH SENSING /THROTTLE MONITOR)

SECURITY INTERFACE

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

DATA CAN (NETWORK):• ABS/TCCM• TCM• GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION• INSTRUMENT PACK

IATS

ECTS

CKPS

CMPS (A)

HO2S (A/1)

HO2S (A/2)

KS (A)

THROTTLE MOTOR

IGNITION MODULES

FUEL INJECTORS

HO2S HEATERS

VVT (A)

EVAPP

DIAGNOSTICMONITORING

BARO

CPU 1

CMPS (B)

HO2S (B/1)

HO2S (B/2)

KS (B)

TPS1

TPS2

PPS1

PPS2

EOTS

CCV

FTPS

AAI

VVT (B)

EEPROM FLASH PROGRAMMING

RADIATORFAN CONTROL

RELAY MODULE

FUEL PUMP

FUEL PUMPRELAY

A/C COMP.CLUTCHRELAY

BATTERY POWEREMS

CONTROLRELAY

ECM SWITCHED POWER

BATTERY POWER

ECM SWITCHED POWER

IGNITIONPOWER SUPPLY IGNITION

COILRELAY

BATTERY POWER

ECM SWITCHED POWER THROTTLEMOTORPOWERRELAY

A/C REFRIGERANT4-WAY

PRESSURESWITCH

CRUISECONTROLSWITCHES

BRAKESWITCH

BRAKECANCELSWITCH

PARKINGBRAKE

SWITCH

INERTIASWITCH

BATTERY POWER

ECM SWITCHED POWER

FUELINJECTION

RELAY

FUEL INJECTORPOWER SUPPLY

CPU 2

T880.06

AJ27 N/A ENGINE MANAGEMENT INPUTS / OUTPUTS

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 2.7

Page 20: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

CONTROL SUMMARIES

System Logic: AJ27 SC

HO2S

HO2S

HO2S

HO2S

CKPS

KS

ECTS

IATS 2

IGNITIONMODULE

A BANK

CMPSCMPSIGNITIONMODULE

B BANK

FIFI

PPS

MAPS

IATSMAFS

TPS

THROTTLEMOTOR

EGR

AJ27 SC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SENSORS AND COMPONENTS

T880.07

2.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 21: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

RADIATORFAN

CONTROL RELAY MOD.

FUEL PUMP1

RELAY

FUEL PUMP2

RELAY

CHARGE AIRCOOLER

PUMP RELAY

A/C COMP.CLUTCHRELAY

FUEL PUMP 1 FUEL PUMP 2CHARGE AIR

COOLER PUMPRADIATOR

FANS

A/CCOMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

IGNITIONCOIL

RELAY

THROTTLEMOTORPOWERRELAY

A/C REFRIGERANT4-WAY

PRESSURESWITCH

CRUISECONTROLSWITCHES

PARKINGBRAKE

SWITCH

BATTERY POWER

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER

EMSCONTROL

RELAY

ECM SWITCHEDPOWER

BRAKESWITCH

FUELINJECTION

RELAY

FUELINJECTOR

PWR SUPPLY

IGNITIONPWR SUPPLY

ECM SWITCHED POWER

BPM (ENGINE CRANK SIGNAL)

TRANSMISSION (PARK / NEUTRAL)

SECURITY INTERFACE

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

DATA CAN (NETWORK):• ABS/TCCM• TCM• GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION• INSTRUMENT PACK

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

MAFS

IATS 2

ECTS

CKPS

CMPS

CMPS

HO2S

KS

IATS

FTP SENSOR

THROTTLE

MAPS

FUELINJECTORS

IGNITIONMODULES

HO2SHEATERS

EVAPP

CCV

EGR

DIAGNOSTICMONITORING

BATTERYPOWER

BATTERYPOWER

BATTERYPOWER

BATTERYPOWER

ECMSWITCHEDPOWER

ECMSWITCHEDPOWER

BARO

CPU 1

CPU 2

T880.08

AJ27 SC ENGINE MANAGEMENT INPUTS / OUTPUTS

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 2.9

Page 22: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

2.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 23: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 24: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

AJ26 Engine Control Module

The two-microprocessor ECM is located in the enginecompartment right hand control module enclosure(cool box).

All XK8 vehicles, and XJ8 Supercharged vehicles incorpo-rate a cooling fan in the right hand control moduleenclosure. The cooling fan is operated continuously whilethe ECM is active from an ECM controlled power supply.

Volatile memory Quiescent current from the vehiclebattery is used to keep the ECM random access memo-ry (RAM) active so that OBD generated DTCs andadaptive values are maintained. If the vehicle battery isdisconnected, the ECM will “relearn” adaptive valuesduring the next driving cycle.

The ECM has several adaptive learning functions, including:

• Closed loop fuel metering

• Closed loop throttle control

• Idle speed

• Long term fuel metering feedback correction

Nonvolatile memory A nonvolatile memory stores the vehicle identification number (VIN).

Barometric Pressure Sensing

A barometric pressure sensor (BARO) is incorporated into the ECM. The BARO input is used for fuel metering baro-metric pressure correction. In addition, certain diagnostic monitoring is inhibited at high elevation. The BAROcannot be replaced separately.

ECM Default Action(s)

Most detected faults are accompanied by an ECM default action. In instances where the driver will notice a differ-ence in vehicle performance and/or the vehicle requires fault correction, visual indication is displayed on theinstrument pack. The indicators include: the general warnings – RED and AMBER MILs, the CHECK ENGINE MIL,and the message display. Specific ECM default action(s) are included with each DTC listed in the applicable DTC Summa-ries book section.

ECM Cooling

A fan is used to cool the ECM and the TCM. To prevent ECM overheating and subsequent degrading of perfor-mance, this fan, located in the control module enclosure, operates at all times when the ignition is switched ON andcirculates air from the passenger compartment through the “cool box”.

ECM Electrical Connection

The ECM connects to the engine management harness via six multi-pin connectors. The applicable Electrical Guideshows the connector pin / wire color codes for the particular variant.

AJ26 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

T880.09

3.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 25: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

EMS Power Supplies

Engine management and transmission control module power supplies flow through the engine management fusebox located in the engine compartment. The engine management power bus is controlled by the ECM via the EMScontrol relay located in the fuse box. When the ignition is switched to position II, the ECM completes the relay coilcircuit to ground to power the bus. When the ignition is switched OFF, the ECM will continue to activate the EMScontrol relay for a period of four seconds minimum to five minutes maximum. The power supplied during this peri-od allows the ECM to complete diagnostics, perform closed throttle adaptions, close the EGR valve (if fitted), andoperate the radiator fans. Refer to the applicable Electrical Guide for relay and fuse box locations

1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3

2 1

2221 20 19 18 17 16

6 5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 715 14

13 12

4 3 2 1

7 6 5

11 10 9 8

16 15 14 13 12

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

13 12 11 10 9

21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

28 27 26 25 24 23 22

6 5 4 3 2 1

11 10 9 8 7

17 16 15 14 13 12

22 21 20 19 18

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16 15 14 13 12 11

26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

34 33 30 2932 31 28 27

EM14 EM15 EM13 EM12 EM11 EM10

EM14 EM15

EM13 EM12 EM11 EM10

AJ26 ECM CONNECTOR SOCKETS

T880.10

BATTERY

HIGH POWERPROTECTION MODULE

ENGINE MANAGEMENTFUSE BOX

BA

TT

ER

Y P

OW

ER

BU

S

EN

GIN

E M

AN

AG

EM

EN

T P

OW

ER

BU

S

EMS CONTROLRELAY

250A

B+

O

IGNITIONSWITCH

III

II

I

ENGINE COMPARTMENTFUSE BOX

IGN

ITIO

N P

OW

ER

BU

S

IGNITION POSITIVERELAY

B+II

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

B

EB+

EMS BATTERYPOWER SUPPLIES

EMS ECM CONTROLLEDPOWER SUPPLIES

AJ27 EMS POWER SUPPLIES

T880.10A

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 3.3

Page 26: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

AJ26 Engine Control Module (continued)

ECM “Limiting” Control

The ECM performs “limiting” functions to achieve refinement, aid in vehicle control, and to protect certain compo-nents from damage. The table summarizes how the ECM implements “limiting” control.

Engine overspeed protectionThe ECM limits engine speed for overspeed protection by canceling fuel injection at 7100 rpm. Fuel injection isreinstated at 7050 rpm. Ignition retard is used to “smooth” the transition between fuel injection on / off / on.

Engine default speed When the ECM detects an EMS fault that warrants a reduction in the available engine speed range, it limits the maxi-mum engine speed to 3000 rpm. Engine default speed is limited by fuel injection intervention.

Engine power limitingEngine power is limited in two instances – transmission faults and reverse gear selection. If the TCM detects a faultthat requires engine torque reduction, it communicates with the ECM by the CAN message CAN TRANSMISSIONOVERLOAD. In response, the ECM limits engine power by limiting the throttle valve opening to 18° maximum in allforward gears. Normal throttle operation is reinstated when the CAN message is no longer communicated by the TCM.

As REVERSE gear is selected, the TCM also communicates the CAN message CAN TRANSMISSION OVERLOAD and theECM limits engine power by limiting the throttle valve opening to 18° maximum. Normal throttle operation is reinstat-ed when the transmission is shifted out of REVERSE and the CAN message is no longer communicated by the TCM.

NOTES

Function ECM InterventionThrottle Fuel Injection Ignition ECM Control

Engine overspeed protection X Engine speed limited to 7100 rpm.

Engine default speed X Engine speed limited to 3000 rpm.

Engine power limiting XThrottle valve opening limited to 18˚ maximum – when TCM detects a transmission fault or when reverse gear is selected.

Vehicle speed limiting X Vehicle speed limited to 155 mph (248 km/h).

Traction / Stability control X X X Engine torque momentarily reduced for traction / stability control.

Shift energy management X Engine torque momentarily reduced to enhance transmission shift quality.

3.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 27: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Vehicle speed limitingThe maximum vehicle speed is limited to 155 mph (248 km/h) by throttle intervention. The ECM receives vehiclespeed data from the CAN message CAN VEHICLE SPEED, transmitted by the ABS/TCCM.

Traction / Stability controlThe ABS/TCCM determines when engine torque reduction is necessary for traction control and/or stability control.In addition, the ABS/TCCM determines what type of engine intervention should be applied, and the amount oftorque reduction required. This determination is made based on the CAN data provided by the ECM CAN messageCAN TRACTION CONTROL ESTIMATED ENGINE TORQUE. Three distinct ABS/TC CAN messages can be communi-cated by the ABS/TCCM:

• CAN TORQUE REDUCTION THROTTLE

• CAN FAST STABILITY CONTROL RESPONSE – CYLINDER FUEL CUTOFF

• CAN FAST STABILITY CONTROL RESPONSE – IGNITION RETARD.

In response, the ECM reduces engine torque by applying intervention to throttle, fuel injection, and/or ignition. Fuelinjection and ignition intervention are used to provide an instantaneous response and to smooth the transition tothrottle intervention. The ECM acknowledges that torque reduction is taking place by confirming with the CANmessage CAN TRACTION ACKNOWLEDGE.

Shift energy managementTransmission shift quality is enhanced by “shift energy management”. The ECM provides engine torque data by theCAN message CAN SHIFT ENERGY MANAGEMENT ESTIMATED ENGINE TORQUE. The TCM determines theamount of torque reduction required. As gear shifts occur, the TCM communicates the CAN message CANTORQUE REDUCTION REQUEST. The ECM responds by retarding the ignition to momentarily reduce torque.

NOTES

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 3.5

Page 28: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

AJ27 Engine Control Module

The AJ27 ECM incorporates two microprocessors (CPU)with increased processing power and memory capacityover the AJ26 module, and has expanded hardware toaccommodate the increase in the number of systemsensors and components.

Non-volatile memory OBD generated DTCs andadaptive values are stored and maintained in non-vola-tile memory. All stored DTCs and the adaptive values willbe maintained if the vehicle battery is disconnected.

The ECM has new and revised functions as compared to AJ26. These include:

• Revised failure management modes. • “Black box, flight recorder” / Inertia switch monitor

• Revised traction and stability control • “Cool box” fan control

• Revised air conditioning interface • Revised throttle control and cruise control operation.

• Revised transmission interface

AJ27 Revised Failure Management Modes

The ECM controls four failure management modes: cruise control inhibit, limp-home mode, engine shutdownmode, and power limiting mode. As with AJ26, driver warnings (CHECK ENGINE MIL, Red MIL, Amber MIL, Mes-sage) and DTCs accompany the initiation of these modes. Cruise control inhibit and engine shutdown mode remainunchanged. Specific revised ECM default actions are included with each DTC in the applicable section(s) of the DTCSummaries book.

Limp-home modeIn limp-home mode the full authority throttle is deactivated by the ECM. The throttle is then operated directly bythe cable from the accelerator pedal. When the throttle limp-home lever is against the closed stop, the ECM main-tains an idle speed of less than 1500 rpm (no load, Neutral / Park) by fuel injection intervention. Cruise control isinhibited.

Power limiting modeWhen intake air flow cannot be controlled by the throttle (mechanical jam, large air leak), the ECM deactivates thethrottle as in limp-home. Engine power is controlled by the ECM via fuel cutoff to some of the fuel injectors, dis-abling those cylinders. The amount of cylinder disablement is determined by the ECM from driver demand (PPS)and engine speed (CKPS).

NOTES

AJ27 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

T880.11

3.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 29: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

AJ27 Air Conditioning Interface

The radiator fan control strategy is based on the air conditioning four-way pressure switch inputs. This control strat-egy is applied only while the engine is running.

AJ27 Transmission Interface

Engine power limiting due to transmission control module (TCM) input occurs only when one or more of the follow-ing conditions occur:

• the transmission is in Reverse

• the transmission overload message is present (CAN)

• a gear selector fault occurs

• the TCM is not present on the CAN network

If the TCM receives the engine oil over temperature message (CAN), the transmission will hold fourth gear.

“Black Box, Flight Recorder” / Inertia Switch Monitor

The ECM records 10 seconds of throttle operational data in a “rolling’ memory in the volatile battery backed RAM.The data is continuously updated and stored during engine operation. In the event of the inertia switch beingtripped, an ignition switched ground is applied to ECM pin EM82-12. The ECM copies the last 10 seconds of record-ed throttle data into nonvolatile EEPROM and DTC 1582 is flagged. The DTC is cleared using PDU.

“Cool box” Fan Control

On vehicles equipped with a “cool box” fan, the ECM operates the fan when the engine is running. Additionally, thefan is operated after engine shutdown as required based on operating and “heat soak” conditions.

NOTES

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 3.7

Page 30: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

AJ27 Engine Control Module (continued)

ECM Electrical Connection

The ECM connects to the engine management harness via six multi-pin connectors. The applicable Electrical Guideshows the connector pin / wire color codes for the particular variant.

AJ26 and AJ27 ECM Service “Flash Programming”

The ECM EEPROM can be flash programmed in service using PDU via the data link connector (DLC). If such a ser-vice action is required, instructions are included in a Service Bulletin.

NOTES:

• ECMs must not be switched from one vehicle to another because the VIN will be mismatched.

• If an ECM has been replaced in service, the VIN will display as 999999.

• If a replacement ECM has not been factory programmed, a message will be displayed on the driver message center.

• The following originally equipped ECMs cannot be flash programmed in service:

– 1998 MY XK8 VIN 020733 – 031302

– 1998 MY XJ8 VIN 819772 – 853935

These vehicles require a new pre-programmed replacement ECM. Refer to Technical Service Bulletins.

• Always check the VIN before carrying out ECM flash programming.

NOTES

EM80 EM81 EM82 EM83 EM84EM85

EM80 EM81 EM82

EM83 EM84 EM85

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22

12 11 10 9 8 7

6 5 4 3 2 1

17 16 15 14 13

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

22 21 20 19 18 17 16

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6

AJ27 ECM CONNECTOR SOCKETS

T880.12

3.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 31: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 32: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) – AJ26

• The MAFS, located between the air cleaner and theair intake duct, provides the ECM with an engineload input signal.

• The MAFS is a hot wire type that measures air flowvolume by the cooling effect of air passing over aheated wire, altering the electrical resistance of thewire.

• The electrical resistance value is converted to ananalog output voltage supplied to the ECM as ameasure of air flow volume (engine load).

• 10% of the engine combustion air volume is routedover the heated wire allowing unrestricted air flowfor 90% of the air.

Intake Air Temperature Sensor (IATS) – AJ26

• The IATS, located within the MAFS housing, pro-vides the ECM with an intake air temperature sig-nal.

• The IATS is a negative temperature coefficient(NTC) thermistor. Intake air temperature is deter-mined by the ECM by a change in resistance withinthe sensor.

• The ECM applies 5 volts to the sensor and moni-tors the voltage drop through the thermistor.

• The IATS is not serviceable separately from theMAFS.

IATS Temperature / Resistance

Intake air temperature Resistance˚C ˚F (kΩ)

-20 -4 15

0 32 5.74

20 68 2.45

40 104 1.15

60 140 0.584

80 176 0.32

100 212 0.184

NOTES

MAFS – AJ26

T880.13

IATS (IN MAFS HOUSING) – AJ26

T880.14

4.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 33: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Mass Air Flow and Intake Air Temperature Sensors (MAFS and IATS) – AJ27

The AJ27 MAFS and IATS are combined in an integral,plug-in unit, secured by two screws to the duct. Sensorcharacteristics remain the same.

NOTES

AIR FLOW

INTAKE AIRTEMPERATURE

SENSOR

MAFS AND IATS – AJ27

T880.15

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 4.3

Page 34: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS) – AJ26 and AJ27

• The ECTS is located on the coolant outlet elbowbetween the A and B bank cylinder heads.

• The ECTS is a negative temperature coefficient(NTC) thermistor.

• The ECM applies 5 volts to the sensor and moni-tors the voltage drop through the thermistor.

• Engine coolant temperature is determined by theECM by a change in resistance within the sensor.

ECTS Temperature / Resistance

Coolant temperature Resistance˚C ˚F (kΩ)

-10 14 9.20

0 32 5.90

20 68 2.50

40 104 1.18

60 140 0.60

80 176 0.325

100 212 0.19

ECTS Temperature / Voltage

Coolant temperature Voltage˚C ˚F (V)

-10 14 4.05

0 32 3.64

20 68 2.42

40 104 1.78

60 140 1.17

80 176 0.78

100 212 0.55

NOTES

ECTS LOCATION

T880.16

THERMISTOR

ELECTRICALCONNECTOR

ECTS WITH CROSS-SECTION

T880.17

4.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 35: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) – AJ26

• The CKPS, located at the rear of the engine bed plate, provides the ECM with pulsed signals for crankshaft posi-tion and engine speed.

• The timing disc for the sensor is spot-welded to the front face of the transmission drive plate.

• The timing disc has 34 spokes spaced at 10° intervals, with two spokes deleted.

• The sensor is a variable reluctance device that provides a pulse to the ECM at 10° intervals.

• The CKPS input pulse is used by the ECM for ignition timing and fuel injection timing. In addition, the missingpulses (and the CMPS input) are used to identify cylinder 1A, compression stroke for starting synchronization.

Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) – AJ27

The AJ27 CKPS has a revised 36-tooth (minus one tooth) reluctor. The electrical connection to the CKPS is direct.

CKPS – AJ27

T880.22

CKPS – AJ26

T880.19

CKPS TIMING DISC – AJ26

T880.20

CKPS RELUCTOR – AJ27

T880.23

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 4.5

Page 36: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) – AJ26

• The variable reluctance CMPS, located on the rear of the B bank cylinder head, provides the ECM with apulsed signal for cylinder 1A compression stroke identification (one pulse per two crankshaft revolutions).

• The pulse is generated by the raised segment of the camshaft timing ring as it passes the sensor tip.

• The CMPS input pulse is monitored along with the CKPS signal for synchronizing ignition timing and fuel injec-tion timing with engine cycle position.

• In addition, the CMPS signal is used for variable valve timing (VVT) diagnostic monitoring.

Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) – AJ27

• Both engine banks incorporate camshaft position sensors that sense the position of the intake camshafts.

• The CMP sensors are inductive pulse generators.

• The sensors have four-toothed reluctors mounted on the rear of both intake camshafts.

• The four-tooth reluctors provide faster camshaft position identification, improving engine start-up speed.

• ECM uses the CMP signals for cylinder identification to control starting, fuel injection sequential operation,ignition timing, and variable valve timing operation and diagnostics.

CMPS LOCATION – AJ26

T880.24

CMPS (A BANK SHOWN)– AJ27

T880.28

CMPS RELUCTOR – AJ27

T880.29

T880.25

CMPS TIMING RING – AJ26

4.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 37: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Engine Cycle Synchronization: CKPS and CMPS

The engine cycle sensor pulse traces illustrate the relationship between the CKPS and the CMPS.

Engine Start: CKPS / CMPS – AJ27

Faster engine firing on start-up is assisted by the four-toothed sensor rings on each camshaft. Each sensor ring pro-vides 4 pulses per engine cycle (720˚) to the ECM, compared with 1 pulse from the AJ26 single-tooth sensor ringfitted to B bank. The sensor teeth are asymmetrically positioned and produce a corresponding pulse pattern overthe engine cycle, which is compared with the crank sensor output (one missing pulse per revolution). This featureenables the ECM to more quickly identify where the engine is positioned in the firing order and thus trigger ignitionand fueling to fire the correct cylinder.

In normal operation, the ECM uses the inputs from the crank sensor and the A bank cam sensor for cylinder identifi-cation and ignition/fuel synchronization. If the A bank sensor system fails, the ECM switches to the B bank inputs. Ifthe crank sensor system fails, the engine will start and run using the inputs from both cam position sensors.

NOTES

ONE ENGINE CYCLE (720˚)

0V

+

0V

+

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CMPS) SIGNAL

CRANKSHAFT ROTATION IN DEGREES

CYLINDER 1ATDC COMPRESSION

CYLINDER 1ATDC COMPRESSION

0˚ 180˚ 360˚ 540˚ 720˚

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKPS) SIGNAL

CKPS / CMPS 720˚ CRANKSHAFT ENGINE CYCLE – AJ26

T880.27

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 4.7

Page 38: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

4.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 39: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 40: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

5.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 41: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ26

ECM Throttle Control

The electronic throttle allows the ECM to perform the following functions:

• Intake air flow control

• Idle speed control

• Cruise control

• Engine torque reduction requirements for traction / stability control

• Engine power limiting

• Vehicle speed limiting

• Throttle diagnostics

• Adopt default modes of operation

Electronic Throttle Assembly

Engine induction air is metered by the electronic throttle assembly in response to driver input and control by theECM. ECM throttle control allows several previously independent subsystems such as engine power limiting andidle control to be incorporated as EMS functions.

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY – AJ26 N/A

T880.30

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.3

Page 42: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ26

Throttle Assembly Components Identification

The main components of the AJ26 throttle assembly include:

• Input shaft Receives driver inputs from the accelerator pedal via a conventional throttle cable.

• Pedal position sensor A twin-track sensor (potentiometers) provides redundant pedal position signals to the ECM.

• Mechanical guard Device that prevents the throttle valve from opening beyond driver demand. The mechanical guard allows the throttle to be operated mechanically in the case of electronic control failure.

• Mechanical guard sensor A single-track sensor provides a mechanical guard position signal to the ECM.

• Vacuum actuator Active (vacuum applied to diaphragm chamber) when cruise control is activated. Operates the mechanical guard independently in cruise control mode.

• Throttle valve Conventional shaft/plate arrangement. Sprung toward open position. Mechanical guard lever holds throttle plate in closed position.

• Thermostatic air valve Controls throttle valve bypass port during engine warm-up. Fully closes during engine warm-up period.

• Throttle motor Driven by the ECM to operate the throttle valve only in the close direction.

• Throttle position sensor (TPS) Twin “hall-effect” sensor provides redundant throttle position signals to the ECM.

• Springs Springs connected to the input shaft and mechanical guard provide force against the driver input and provide the “feel” of an accelerator. Springs connected to the throttle motor drive gear and the throttle valve provide force against the throttle closing.

The arrangement of the sensors on both “sides” of the throttle valve allows the ECM to have closed loop throttle control.

Thermostatic air valve operation• Before engine start-up, the throttle valve is in the default closed position (sprung against mechanical guard

lever with throttle plate slightly open).

• At low engine temperature, the idle air opening at the throttle plate is insufficient to provide enough air flowfor the engine to start.

• The thermostatic air valve is a wax capsule-operated valve that provides throttle bypass air for starting.

• The bypass valve is fully open at approximately -30 °C (-22 °F) and progressively closes until it is fully closed at40 °C (104 °F).

• Engine coolant flow through the throttle body provides the temperature source to operate the valve.

NOTES

5.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 43: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

SPRING FORCE

VACUUMACTUATOR

THROTTLEVALVE

THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR

PEDALPOSITION SENSOR

THERMOSTATICAIR VALVE

THROTTLE MOTORDRIVE GEAR

MECHANICALGUARD

MECHANICALGUARD SENSOR

INPUTSHAFT

SPRINGFORCE

SPRINGFORCE

SIMPLIFIED VIEW OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE – AJ26

T880.32

VACUUMACTUATOR

THROTTLESPRING

THROTTLEMOTOR

VENT

COOLANTOUTLETTHERMOSTATIC

AIR VALVE

COOLANTINLET

MECHANICAL GUARDSPRING

ELECTRONIC THROTTLE – AJ26

T880.31

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.5

Page 44: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ26

Throttle Sensors

The throttle assembly incorporates three sensors:

• A twin “hall-effect” throttle position sensor (TPS)

• A twin-track pedal position sensor (PPS)

• A single-track mechanical guard sensor

The input signals from the three sensors allow the ECM to control the throttle (closed loop), perform diagnostics,perform adaptions, and adopt throttle default modes. The three sensors share common power supply referencevoltage, and reference ground circuits. The reference ground circuit is also shared with the ECTS and the IATS.

Throttle Position Sensor (TPS)

The throttle position sensor (TPS) is a twin “Hall effect” sensor, located at the throttle motor side of the throttleassembly. The throttle valve shaft drives the sensor mechanism, which acts upon the two Hall effect elements toprovide the ECM with redundant TPS voltage signals. The voltage signals range from approximately 0.5 V at idle to4.75 V at wide open throttle (WOT). PDU defines the redundant circuits as “1” and “2”. Circuit 1 is identified as TPSpin 3; circuit 2 is identified as TPS pin 2. Refer to the applicable Electrical Guide.

Pedal Position Sensor

The pedal position sensor is a twin track potentiometer, located at the accelerator cable side of the throttle assem-bly. The throttle input shaft drives the potentiometer wipers to provide the ECM with redundant pedal positionvoltage signals. The voltage signals range from approximately 0.5 V at closed to 4.75 V at full throttle. PDU definesthe redundant circuits as “A” and “B”. Circuit A is identified as pedal position sensor pin 5; circuit B is identified aspedal position sensor pin 3. Refer to the applicable Electrical Guide.

Mechanical Guard Sensor

The mechanical guard sensor is a single track potentiometer, located at the accelerator cable side of the throttleassembly. The mechanical guard shaft drives the potentiometer wiper to provide the ECM with a mechanical guardposition signal voltage. The signal voltage ranges from approximately 0.5 V at closed to 4.75 V at full open.

NOTES

5.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 45: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

PEDAL POSITIONSENSOR

MECHANICAL GUARDSENSOR

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

THROTTLE AND SENSORS – AJ26

T880.33A

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.7

Page 46: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ26

Throttle Assembly Design Overview

• The throttle assembly rotating components are arranged such that no fixed connection is made.

• The input shaft moves the mechanical guard via a lever.

• The throttle valve is restrained by the mechanical guard lever on one side and rotated by spring force on thedrive side.

• The throttle motor segment gear rotates in one direction to allow throttle opening by spring force or motors inthe other direction to close the throttle against spring force.

• The design of the input shaft and the mechanical guard, and the counter force applied by their respectivesprings, ensures that they always rotate together when driver input is being applied from the accelerator pedal.

• The accelerator rotates the input shaft and the mechanical guard in the open direction; the springs keep theiradjacent levers in contact and rotate them in the closed direction.

• The motor acts only to close the throttle valve from the mechanical guard position.

• The ECM controls engine idle speed by activating the motor closed to regulate an idle air way in the throttlebore with throttle plate. This is achieved by closing the throttle plate past the default mechanical guard openlimit to the factory-set stop on the throttle motor segment gear.

NOTES

THROTTLE VALVE / THROTTLE MOTOR

INPUT SHAFT / MECHANICAL GUARD

MECHANICAL GUARD / THROTTLE VALVE

SPRING FORCESPRINGFORCE

SPRINGFORCE

THROTTLE LEVERS AND GAPS – AJ26

T880.33

5.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 47: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Throttle Operation

Normal Mode

• The ECM monitors the position of the input shaft and the mechanical guard using signals from the pedal posi-tion and mechanical guard sensors.

• In response to the pedal position signal input, the ECM drives the throttle motor to follow the input shaft andmechanical guard rotation to maintain a constant gap between the mechanical guard and throttle valve levers.

• The throttle motor drive gears rotate the throttle valve in the closed direction; the throttle valve spring turnsthe throttle valve in the open direction while maintaining contact between the motor side throttle lever andthe segment gear.

• The arrangement of the throttle valve drive prevents the ECM from exceeding driver demand. If the throttle isdriven open (without driver input to move the mechanical guard), the drive side throttle lever will disengagefrom the segment gear, and the input side throttle lever will contact the mechanical guard lever preventing fur-ther throttle opening.

• Since the mechanical guard restricts throttle movement only in the open direction, the arrangement of thethrottle valve also allows the ECM to reduce throttle opening to less than driver demand. Throttle opening isreduced during traction control / stability control and during engine power limiting.

• At idle, the ECM controls engine speed using the limited range of throttle valve movement available betweenthe mechanical guard (open limit) and the factory set stop on the throttle motor segment gear (closed limit).

NOTES

SPRING FORCESPRINGFORCE

SPRINGFORCE

SPRING FORCE OPENS THROTTLE;THROTTLE MOTOR CLOSES THROTTLE

NORMAL MODE

THROTTLE OPERATING MODES – AJ26

T880.34A

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.9

Page 48: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ26

Throttle Operation (continued)

Mechanical Guard Mode

• If a throttle fault is detected, the ECM defaults to mechanical guard operating mode. In mechanical guardmode, the throttle valve spring turns the throttle valve in the open direction until it engages the mechanicalguard, and the ECM does not drive the throttle motor.

• The input shaft, mechanical guard and throttle valve are then effectively locked together by their springs, sothat the accelerator pedal is in direct control of the throttle via the throttle cable.

• When the throttle valve opens, it rotates the throttle motor drive gears. On subsequent closing of the throttlevalve, the segment gear remains in the open position, disengaged from the throttle valve.

• Full throttle is available and engine speed is not limited in mechanical guard mode.

• Fuel injection intervention smoothes the transition from normal mode to mechanical guard mode to prevent asudden increase in engine speed. In addition, fuel injection intervention limits idle speed by switching offselected injectors.

• Without fuel injection intervention, the idle speed would be approximately 2000 rpm and cause excessiveshock loads on the transmission when shifting out of P or N. As engine load increases, the ECM progressivelycancels idle fuel injection intervention.

NOTES

SPRINGFORCE

SPRINGFORCE

SPRING FORCE

MECHANICAL GUARD MODE

THROTTLE SHAFT SPRING MAINTAINSCONTACT BETWEEN THROTTLE SHAFTAND MECHANICAL GUARD

INPUT SHAFT DRIVES THROTTLE VALVE VIA MECHANICAL GUARD

SEGMENT GEAR MOVED; NO MOTOR DRIVE

THROTTLE OPERATING MODES – AJ26

T880.34B

5.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 49: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Cruise Control Mode

• When cruise control is engaged, the ECM calculates the required throttle valve angle and ports vacuum to thevacuum actuator.

• The vacuum actuator moves the mechanical guard to a position that allows the throttle motor to move thethrottle to the desired angle.

• Using the input signals from the throttle sensors, the ECM monitors and adjusts the mechanical guard and thethrottle valve to maintain the cruise control set speed.

• As the driver releases the accelerator pedal, the input shaft disengages from the mechanical guard.

• When accelerating above the set speed during cruise control, the accelerator pedal has a “lighter feel” until theinput shaft engages with the mechanical guard.

NOTES

SPRINGFORCE

CRUISE CONTROL MODE

VACUUM ACTUATOR MOVES MECHANICAL GUARD, ALLOWING THROTTLE MOTOR TO POSITION THROTTLE VALVE

SPRINGFORCE

SPRING FORCE

THROTTLE OPERATING MODES – AJ26

T880.34C

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.11

Page 50: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ26

Throttle Operation (continued)

SPRINGFORCE

SPRINGFORCE

SPRING FORCE OPENS THROTTLE;THROTTLE MOTOR CLOSES THROTTLE

NORMAL

SPRINGFORCE

SPRINGFORCE

MECHANICAL GUARD

THROTTLE SHAFT SPRINGMAINTAINS CONTACT BETWEEN THROTTLE SHAFT ANDMECHANICAL GUARD

INPUT SHAFT DRIVES THROTTLE VALVE VIA MECHANICAL GUARD

SEGMENT GEAR MOVED; NO MOTOR DRIVE

SPRINGFORCE

SPRINGFORCE

CRUISE CONTROL

VACUUM ACTUATOR MOVES MECHANICAL GUARD, ALLOWING THROTTLE MOTOR TO POSITION THROTTLE VALVE

THROTTLE OPERATING MODES SUMMARY

T880.34D

5.12 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 51: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Cruise Control – AJ26

Cruise Control Vacuum Components

Vacuum is supplied from the intake manifold and isapplied to the mechanical guard vacuum actuator onthe throttle assembly. The vacuum componentsinclude:

• One check valve

• Two vacuum reservoirs

• Three vacuum solenoid valves (VSV)

The vacuum components are installed in the right frontfender, behind the wheel arch liner.

Vacuum check valve The check valve maintains vacuum in the system whenthe throttle valve is in a position where little or no man-ifold vacuum is available (approximately 3/4 to fullthrottle).

Vacuum reservoirs If the throttle valve is positioned so that little or no manifold vacuum is available, the vacuum reservoirs can main-tain system vacuum for up to 20 minutes. If the reservoirs are depleted of vacuum, normal system operation can berestored by reducing vehicle speed for a short period of time.

VSV 1 (vacuum) When cruise control is engaged, the ECM grounds the VSV 1 circuit and VSV 1 is driven to port vacuum to operatethe mechanical guard vacuum actuator.

VSV 2 (atmosphere) The ECM grounds the VSV 2 circuit. VSV 2 is driven to port the operating vacuum to atmosphere until the mechani-cal guard is set to the required position. The ECM determines the required position via the mechanical guardsensor. When cruise control is disengaged, the ECM grounds the VSV 2 circuit and VSV 2 is driven to port the oper-ating vacuum to the atmosphere and release the mechanical guard vacuum actuator.

VSV 3 (release) VSV 3 is driven by the ECM to act as a safety back up for VSV 2. The ECM switches the supply side of the VSV 3circuit.

VSV FiltersVSV 2 and 3 incorporate filters to prevent moisture and debris from entering the system.

NOTES

RESERVOIRS

VSV 2

CHECKVALVE

VSV 3

VSV 1

CRUISE CONTROL VACUUM COMPONENTS (XK8) – AJ26

T880.37

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.13

Page 52: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ26

Cruise Control – AJ26 (continued)

Cruise Control Operation

• The driver communicates with the ECM throughthe master switch in the center console and theSET+, SET-, CANCEL, and RESUME switches onthe steering wheel.

• The ECM also monitors two brake switch inputs andthe parking brake switch to cancel operation.

• The cruise control system is powered when themaster switch is ON. Battery voltage is applied tothe ECM directly from the master switch and viathe normally closed brake cancel switch.

• With the system powered, a momentary press ofeither the SET+ or the SET- switch engages cruisecontrol if the vehicle speed is 17.5 mph (28 km/h)or greater.

• The ECM responds by “memorizing” the currentvehicle speed (CAN data) as the “set” speed.

• The ECM drives the vacuum system to position themechanical guard so that the throttle can maintainthe set speed. The input signals from the pedalposition, mechanical guard and throttle sensorsallow the ECM to monitor and adjust the mechani-cal guard and the throttle valve.

NOTES

CRUISE CONTROL MASTER SWITCH

T880.35

CRUISE CONTROL STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES

T880.36

5.14 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 53: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

M

SET +

SET –

RES

CANCEL

CRUISE CONTROLSTEERING WHEEL SWITCHES

B+

B+

B+

CRUISE CONTROLMASTER SWITCH

IGNITION SWITCH

BRAKESWITCH

BRAKECANCELSWITCH

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

ECM

CKPS

CAN

680 Ω

430 Ω

680 Ω

430 Ω

• ABS/TCCM:

VEHICLE SPEED

WHEEL SPEED

TRACTION STATUS

CRUISECONTROLCONTROL

VSV 2

VSV 3

VSV 1

CHECK VALVE

RESERVOIRS

THROTTLEMOTOR

MECHANICALGUARD

VACUUMACTUATOR

PEDAL POSITION ANDMECHANICAL GUARD

SENSORS

TPS

• TCM:

OUTPUT SPEED

ACTUAL GEAR POSITION

TORQUE CONVERTER STATUS

GEAR POSITION SELECTED

GEAR SELECTION FAULT

TRANSMISSION SHIFT MAP

CRUISE CONTROL LOGIC – AJ26

T880.38

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.15

Page 54: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ26

Cruise Control – AJ26 (continued)

Cruise Control Operation

Acceleration / deceleration, change in set speed • Once cruise control is engaged, a momentary press of the SET+ or SET- switches accelerates or decelerates the

vehicle speed incrementally by 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

• Pressing and holding the SET+ or SET- switches causes the ECM to smoothly accelerate or decelerate the vehi-cle until the switch is released.

• The ECM distinguishes the switched ground inputs by a difference in circuit resistance.

• The ECM stores a maximum of five SET+ / SET - incremental acceleration or deceleration commands at anyone time.

• Once the first stored command has been carried out, a further command can be added.

• If the opposite SET switch is pressed, the ECM deletes the last command from memory.

• After the vehicle is accelerated / decelerated incrementally, the ECM will adopt this speed as the set speed.

Accelerator pedal control • Pressing the accelerator pedal will accelerate the vehicle higher than the set speed without disengaging cruise

control.

• Since the vacuum actuator holds the mechanical guard “open”, there is noticeably less accelerator pedal loadup to the point at which the throttle input shaft begins to move the mechanical guard.

CANCEL / RESUME • A press of the CANCEL switch provides a cancel ground signal and the ECM smoothly disengages cruise control

and clears the set speed from memory.

• Pressing the RESUME switch provides a resume ground signal and the ECM reengages cruise control andsmoothly accelerates / decelerates the vehicle to the set speed.

Cruise control disengagementThe ECM disengages cruise control and clears the set speed from memory if any of the following conditions occur:

• The master switch is moved to OFF

• A fault is detected in the throttle assembly

• A fault is detected in the brake switch

• A fault is detected in the cruise control switches

• The parking brake is applied

• The engine speed exceeds 7100 rpm

The ECM disengages cruise control but retains the set speed in memory if any of the following conditions occur:

• The brake pedal is pressed

• The vehicle decelerates too fast (in case the brake switch is not operating)

• The gear selector is moved to P, N, R

• After resuming cruise control, the vehicle accelerates to only 50% of the set speed (due to a steep incline)

• Traction control / stability control operation

• Vehicle speed falls below 16 mph (26 km/h)

5.16 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 55: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

M

SET +

SET –

RES

CANCEL

CRUISE CONTROLSTEERING WHEEL SWITCHES

B+

B+

B+

CRUISE CONTROLMASTER SWITCH

IGNITION SWITCH

BRAKESWITCH

BRAKECANCELSWITCH

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

ECM

CKPS

CAN

680 Ω

430 Ω

680 Ω

430 Ω

• ABS/TCCM:

VEHICLE SPEED

WHEEL SPEED

TRACTION STATUS

CRUISECONTROLCONTROL

VSV 2

VSV 3

VSV 1

CHECK VALVE

RESERVOIRS

THROTTLEMOTOR

MECHANICALGUARD

VACUUMACTUATOR

PEDAL POSITION ANDMECHANICAL GUARD

SENSORS

TPS

• TCM:

OUTPUT SPEED

ACTUAL GEAR POSITION

TORQUE CONVERTER STATUS

GEAR POSITION SELECTED

GEAR SELECTION FAULT

TRANSMISSION SHIFT MAP

CRUISE CONTROL LOGIC – AJ26

T880.38

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.17

Page 56: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ27

Full Authority Electronic Throttle Control

A full authority throttle body is fitted to the AJ27 engine. The throttle body does not incorporate a mechanical guard.

The main features of the AJ27 throttle body are:

• Full motorized control of the throttle valve from the ECM

• Mechanical, cable operated ‘limp home’ fail safe mode (restricted throttle opening)

• Mechanical, electrical and software safety features

• ECM cruise control drive (no vacuum components)

• Built-in air assist control valve (AACV) with integral air feed (normally aspirated only)

Throttle Components

AIR ASSISTCONTROL VALVE

PEDAL POSITIONSENSOR

THROTTLE MOTOR

COOLANT RETURN

COOLANT FEED

AIR ASSISTOUTLET TO

FUEL INJECTORS

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

T880.39

THROTTLE BODY – AJ27 N/A

5.18 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 57: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Input Assembly

The accelerator pedal is linked to the input shaft link lever of the throttle assembly. As the driver depresses the ped-al, the link lever is rotated against spring pressure with no mechanical connection to the throttle valve.

Pedal position sensor (PPS)• Two individual rotary potentiometers comprise the

PPS assembly located at the cable end of the throt-tle.

• The potentiometers are rotated by the throttlecable lever and provide separate analog voltagesignals to the ECM proportional to pedal move-ment and position.

• The potentiometers have common reference volt-age and reference ground circuits hard-wired tothe ECM.

• Each potentiometer provides its unique pedal posi-tion signal (via hard-wire connection) directly tothe ECM. The ECM detects faults by comparing thepedal position signals to expected values.

• If the ECM detects a fault, throttle operationdefaults to the “limp home” mode (mechanical).

PEDAL POSITIONSENSOR

INPUT SHAFTLINK LEVER

THROTTLE SHAFTLEVER

ACCELERATOR LEVERRETURN SPRING INPUT SHAFT LINK LEVER

RETURN SPRING

LIMP HOME LEVER

THROTTLE RETURNSPRING

LIMP HOMESPRING DRIVE MOTOR

AND GEARS

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

THROTTLE BODY COMPONENTS – AJ27

T880.43A

0V 0°

5V

84°(MAX DEMAND)

DEMAND POSITION (DEGREE OF ROTATION)

VO

LTA

GE

PPS 1

PPS 2

PPS CHARACTERISTIC – AJ27

T880.41

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.19

Page 58: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ27

Throttle Components (continued)

Motorized Throttle Valve

• The throttle valve is coupled to a DC motor via reduction gears and is positively driven by the ECM in both directionsbetween fully closed and fully open.

• The throttle position sensor on the motor end of the throttle shaft provides direct feedback of the actual valveangle to the ECM and is similar to the pedal position sensor in operation.

Throttle position sensor (TPS)• The throttle position sensor assembly consists of

two individual rotary potentiometers that aredirectly driven by the throttle valve shaft.

• The potentiometers have common reference volt-age and reference ground circuits hard-wired tothe ECM; each provides its unique throttle positionsignal (via hard-wire connection) directly to theECM.

• The unique characteristics of both signals are usedfor identification, similar to the PPS signals.

• The ECM detects faults by comparing the throttleposition signals to expected values. If the ECMdetects a fault, throttle operation defaults to the“limp home” mode (mechanical).

NOTES

0V

5V

84°(WIDE-OPENTHROTTLE)

THROTTLE POSITION (DEGREE OF ROTATION)

VO

LTA

GE

TPS 2TPS 1

TPS CHARACTERISTIC – AJ27

T880.42

5.20 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 59: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Throttle Operation

The throttle body contains two moving assemblies:

• the accelerator input assembly, which provides the driver demand to the ECM

• the motorized throttle valve, driven and controlled by the ECM in accordance with driver demand and otherEMS factors.

• In normal operation, there is no mechanical coupling between the two assemblies.

NOTES

M

THROTTLE MOTORDRIVE (+ / –)

THROTTLE MOTORPOWER RELAY

ACCELERATORPEDAL

PEDALPOSITIONSENSOR

INTAKE AIR

THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR

THROTTLEMOTOR

SENSOR INPUTS

DTC

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

CPU 2

CPU 1

THROTTLE MONITOR

ENGINE SPEED / LOAD

B+ VB+ V

PPS 2

PPS 1

TPS 2

TPS 1

ECM THROTTLE CONTROL AND MONITORING – AJ27

T880.40

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.21

Page 60: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL – AJ27

Throttle Operation (continued)

Limp Home Mechanism

• The limp home mechanism consists of the accelerator input shaft link lever and the two throttle shaft levers, allthree levers being interlocked for limp home operation.

• On the throttle assembly, one lever is fixed to the end of the shaft and the second, the ‘limp home’ lever, piv-ots around the shaft.

• The two levers are connected by a spring and the throttle return spring is also connected to the limp homelever.

• As the throttle rotates, the action of the throttle lever (valve opening) and the springs (valve closing) maintainthe two levers in contact.

• At the idle speed position, there is an angular separation between the accelerator link lever and the limp homelever and under normal closed loop control this difference is maintained as both input and drive assembliesrotate.

Limp Home Operation

If a failure in the throttle mechanism or control system occurs, the ECM defaults throttle control to the limp home mode.

• The ECM de-energizes the throttle motor power supply relay and / or deactivates the ECM internal PWMmotor drive signals.

• The throttle valve is operated mechanically from the drivers pedal and throttle opening is restricted to a rangefrom idle to a maximum of approximately 30°.

• The accelerator input shaft link lever is mechanically coupled to the throttle shaft levers, enabling the shaft tobe rotated against the unpowered motor and gearing.

• Due to the angular difference between the input shaft link lever and the limp home lever, there is no engage-ment of the two levers until the input shaft has rotated approximately 60° from idle.

• When the link lever contacts the limp home lever, causing it to rotate, the throttle valve is pulled open by the limphome spring. With the pedal fully depressed the throttle valve is open to a maximum of approximately 30°.

• On releasing the accelerator pedal, the throttle return spring causes the limp home lever to rotate to its stop atthe throttle idle speed position.

• If loss of motor power occurs when the throttle is open beyond the idle position, the limp home lever will closeto the point where it contacts the link lever. If the throttle has been driven closed (past the idle position) whenloss of power occurs, the limp home spring will return the throttle to the idle position.

• When the throttle is in limp home mode, the ECM adjusts the fuel metering strategy as necessary to controlengine power. At low throttle opening, fuel cutoff to individual cylinders may occur.

NOTES

5.22 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 61: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

NOTES

PART THROTTLE

LIMP HOME

THROTTLE OPERATION – AJ27

T880.43B

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.23

Page 62: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

5.24 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 63: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 64: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

The fuel system uses a rear mounted over-axle fuel tank installed in the trunk. Fuel and vapor pipes travel under theleft hand side of the vehicle to the engine and evaporative emission components.

NOTES

FUEL RAIL FUEL PRESSUREREGULATOR

EVAPORATIVE EMISSIONCONTROL VALVE

TANK PRESSURECONTROL VALVE

(ROCHESTER VALVE)

EVAPORATIVECANISTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL TANK

EVAPORATIVEFLANGE

FUEL SYSTEM – AJ26 WITHOUT ENHANCED EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

T880.44

6.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 65: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

EVA

PO

RA

TIV

EVA

LVE

(NO

RM

ALL

Y C

LOS

ED

)

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

RE

GU

LA

TOR

RO

LL

-OV

ER

VALV

EE

VAP

OR

AT

IVE

FL

AN

GE

FU

EL

TA

NK

FU

EL

RA

IL

FIL

TE

R

PR

ES

SU

RE

CO

NT

RO

L V

ALV

E(R

OC

HE

ST

ER

VALV

E)

SU

RG

EP

OT

CH

EC

KVA

LVE

JET

PU

MP

INTA

KE

MA

NIF

OL

D

A B

AN

KF

UE

LIN

JEC

TOR

S

FU

EL

PU

MP

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

RE

ST

RIC

TOR

EVA

PO

RA

TIV

EC

AN

IST

ER

VE

NT

PU

RG

EC

ON

TR

OL

ST

RA

TE

GY

B B

AN

KF

UE

LIN

JEC

TOR

S

MA

NIF

OL

DVA

CU

UM

CO

NT

RO

L

PAR

T L

OA

DB

RE

AT

HE

R

PU

RG

EF

LO

W

FU

EL

FL

OW

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM – AJ26 WITHOUT ENHANCED EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

T880.45

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 6.3

Page 66: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Fuel Delivery

Fuel Tank

• The fuel tank incorporates the fuel pump and thenecessary plumbing for fuel supply and return.

• The pump is located by a rubber mount and clampattached to the surge pot.

• The tank interior piping incorporates a jet pumpand a check valve in the fuel return line. Returningfuel flows through the jet pump, which draws addi-tional cool fuel from the tank to supply the surgepot.

• This supplemented return flow ensures that thesurge pot remains full of fuel. The return checkvalve prevents reverse flow through the fuel returnline when it is disconnected.

• Access to the tank interior is through the evapora-tive flange at the top of the tank.

In-Line Fuel Filter

A replaceable in-line fuel filter is located in the supplyline to the front of the rear axle on the left side.

Fuel Level Sensor

• The fuel level sensor is a conventional potentiome-ter that provides the instrument pack (INST) with avariable voltage signal indicating fuel tank fill level.

• The fill level signal voltage ranges between approx-imately B+ at empty to 0 V at full.

• The INST transmits two fuel level CAN messages:CAN FUEL LEVEL RAW – the raw (undamped) fueltank level, and CAN FUEL LEVEL DAMPED – thedamped (averaged over a period of time) fuel tanklevel.

• The INST provides the damped level message tocompensate for surges within the fuel tank.

NOTES

SURGE POT CHECK VALVE

BAFFLE PLATE

TANK

FUEL PUMP AND FILTERJET PUMP

FUEL TANK ARRANGEMENT – XK8

T880.46

FUEL FILTER – XK8

T880.47

6.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 67: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Fuel Pump

• The single fuel pump unit consists of a turbine drivenby a DC motor, a check valve and an inlet filter.

• The fuel output from the turbine pump provides acooling flow around the motor before being dis-charged through the outlet check valve. The checkvalve prevents rapid fuel pressure loss when theengine is switched off.

Fuel pump specificationsNominal pump delivery

26.45 gallons per hour at 3 bar (43.5 psi)

Current draw7 amps at 13.2 V at 3 bar (43.5 psi)

Fuel pump operation• The fuel pump is switched by the ECM via the fuel

pump relay.

• When the ignition is switched on (position II), theECM switches on the fuel pump after a delay of 0.1second.

• If the ignition switch remains in position II withoutmoving the key to crank (position III), the ECM willswitch off the pump after a maximum of 2 seconds.

• When the ignition switch is moved to crank (positionIII), the fuel pump is activated and operates continu-ously while the engine is running.

• If the engine stops with the ignition on (position II),the ECM will switch OFF the pump after two sec-onds.

NOTE: In the event of a vehicle impact, the inertia switch will switch off all ignition powered circuits,including EMS power and fuel pump relay power. This action will switch off the fuel pump and preventfuel flow.

NOTES

TOP VIEW

OUTLET

ELECTRICALCONNECTOR

FUEL PUMP WITH CROSS-SECTION

T880.48

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 6.5

Page 68: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Fuel Delivery (continued)

Fuel Pressure Regulator

• Fuel is pumped to the fuel rail and injectors, where fuel pressure is controlled by the fuel pressure regulator.Excess fuel, above the engine requirement, is returned to the fuel tank through the fuel pressure regulator.

• The pressure regulator spring chamber above the diaphragm is referenced to intake manifold vacuum.

• The differential pressure across the fuel injector nozzles is therefore maintained constant and the quantity offuel injected for a given injector pulse duration is also constant.

• Fuel pressure, measured on a test gauge, will vary between 2.7 bar (39 psi) at idle to 3.1 bar (45 psi) at full loadto compensate for intake manifold absolute pressure.

• The fuel pressure regulator is located on the rear of the A bank fuel rail. This design provides the same pres-sure across each injector, and delivers an equal quantity of fuel to each of the eight cylinders.

• Fuel flows through the B bank fuel rail, across the crossover pipe and through the A bank fuel rail. The fuelrails are integral with the intake manifold.

• The test valve, located in the crossover pipe allows the fuel rail to be de pressurized and pressurized duringtesting and servicing. A standard fuel pressure gauge kit is used to connect to the test valve.

FUEL RETURN

TEST VALVE

FUEL INJECTOR

FUEL PRESSUREREGULATORINTAKE MANIFOLD

PRESSURE

INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAILS AND FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR – AJ26 N/A

T880.49

6.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 69: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Fuel Injectors – AJ26

• Eight solenoid operated fuel injectors are secured tothe fuel rail by cap screws.

• The unique fuel injectors are side fed and have dualstraight jets.

• The fuel spray from each jet is directed toward theadjacent intake valve.

• Two O rings seal each injector in the fuel rail bores.B+ voltage is supplied to the injectors via the ignitionswitch activated (position II, III) fuel injection relay.

• The ECM drives the injectors with a single pulseand modulates the pulse width to control theinjector pulse duration.

NOTES

RESISTANCE: 14.5 Ω @ 20˚C (68˚F)

FUEL INJECTOR CROSS-SECTION – AJ26 N/A

T880.50

0 2 4 6 8 1010

VO

LTA

GE

MS

INJECTOR PULSE: 2000 RPM, NO LOAD (REFERENCED TO GROUND)

0

10

20

30

40

FUEL INJECTOR CHARACTERISTIC (TYPICAL)

T880.51

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 6.7

Page 70: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Evaporative Emission Control System – 1997 MY

The fuel tank can be filled to approximately 90% of its capacity. The additional 10% of volume allows for expansionof the fuel, without escape to the atmosphere.

To limit evaporative emissions when the engine is switched off, the fuel tank pressure is maintained at a positivepressure of 0.069 – 0.092 bar (1.0 – 1.33 psi) by the tank pressure control valve (Rochester valve). Pressure above0.092 bar (1.33 psi) is released by the valve to the charcoal canister.

When the engine is running, manifold vacuum acts on the tank pressure control valve, which opens the vent linefrom the fuel tank to the charcoal canister. Air enters the charcoal canister and flows to the tank to replace the fueldelivered to the engine, and maintain atmospheric pressure in the tank.

If the tank pressure control valve fails, the fuel tank cap will vent the fuel tank to the atmosphere at 0.138 – 0.172 bar(2.0 – 2.5 psi).

EVAPORATIVE VALVE(NORMALLY CLOSED)

ROLL-OVERVALVE

EVAPORATIVEFLANGE

FUEL TANK

PRESSURECONTROL VALVE

(ROCHESTERVALVE)

INTAKEMANIFOLD

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

RESTRICTOR

EVAPORATIVECANISTER

VENT

PURGECONTROLSTRATEGY

MANIFOLDVACUUM

CONTROL

PART LOADBREATHER

PURGEFLOW

PURGEFLOW

VAPORFLOW

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

T880.52

6.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 71: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

ECM Canister Purge Control

• When the ECM enables canister purge, air flows inthe vent and through the charcoal canister to theintake manifold via the normally closed evaporativeemission control valve (EVAPP) (purge valve).

• The ECM drives the EVAPP to control purge using avariable pulsed duty cycle from a mapped strategy.

• The purge flow rate is based on engine operatingconditions and the concentration of fuel vapor inthe charcoal canister.

Engine operating conditions The engine operating conditions that determine therate of canister purge are:

• Engine load and speed

• Coolant temperature

• Time since engine starting

• Closed loop fuel metering correction

During canister purge, the ECM inhibits traction / stabil-ity fuel injection intervention and fuel injection cutoff.

Determination of fuel vapor concentration • The ECM determines the concentration of fuel vapor

being drawn from the charcoal canister and makes acorrection to the base fuel metering map.

• The determination is made by the ECM making stepchanges to the purge flow rate while no correction ismade to the fuel metering calculation.

• The ECM determines the fuel vapor concentrationby analysis of the closed loop fuel metering deflec-tion.

Evaporative Emission Control Valve (EVAPP)

• The EVAPP is a vacuum operated, normally closedpurge valve.

• The EVAPP incorporates a vacuum switching valve(VSV) that is supplied with EMS switched B+ voltage.

• The ECM drives the VSV portion of the EVAPP (ground side switching), which ports manifold vacuum to a dia-phragm and opens the valve to allow purge flow to the intake manifold.

• The valve opening is modulated by the ECM from an operating strategy to control purge flow.

TANK PRESSURECONTROL VALVE

CANISTER

EVAPORATIVE CANISTER ASSEMBLY

T880.53

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE (EVAPP)

T880.54

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 6.9

Page 72: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Enhanced Evaporative Emission Control System – 1998 MY ON

1998 MY ON vehicles are equipped with a twin canister enhanced evaporative emission system that providesreduced evaporative emissions and enhances the system’s on-board diagnostic capabilities.

The enhanced evaporative emission system consists of the following components:

• Fuel tank pressure sensor (FTP Sensor)

• Fill level vent valve

• Two evaporative canisters

• Canister close valve (CCV) and filter

• Evaporative emission valve (EVAPP)

Enhanced Evaporative Emission Control System Operation

When the engine is switched off, the fill level vent valve and/or the roll-over valve ports fuel tank vapors through thevent line to the two carbon canisters. To maintain atmospheric pressure in the tank, air enters the canisters througha filter via the normally open canister close valve.

When the engine is running and canister purge is enabled, the ECM meters purge flow from the canisters and tankvia the evaporative emission control (purge) valve (EVAPP). The ECM enables canister purge using a mappedstrategy.

NOTES

6.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 73: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

RE

GU

LA

TOR

RO

LL

-OV

ER

VALV

E

FU

EL

TA

NK

PR

ES

SU

RE

SE

NS

OR

FU

EL

TA

NK

FU

EL

RA

IL

FIL

TE

R

CA

NIS

TE

RC

LO

SE

VALV

E

SU

RG

EP

OT

CH

EC

KVA

LVE

JET

PU

MP

INTA

KE

MA

NIF

OL

D /

SU

PE

RC

HA

RG

ER

A B

AN

KF

UE

LIN

JEC

TOR

S

FU

EL

PU

MP

1

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

VE

NT

FIL

TE

R

PU

RG

EC

ON

TR

OL

ST

RA

TE

GY

OB

D II

LE

AK

CH

EC

K

B B

AN

KF

UE

LIN

JEC

TOR

S

MA

NIF

OL

DVA

CU

UM

CO

NT

RO

L

PAR

T L

OA

DB

RE

AT

HE

R

PU

RG

EF

LO

W

FU

EL

FL

OW

FU

EL

PU

MP

2(S

C O

NLY

)

FIL

L L

EV

EL

VE

NT

VALV

EC

HE

CK

VALV

E

EVA

PO

RA

TIV

EC

AN

IST

ER

S

EVA

PO

RA

TIV

EF

LA

NG

E

EVA

PO

RA

TIV

EVA

LVE

(NO

RM

ALL

Y C

LOS

ED

)

FU

EL

TA

NK

PR

ES

SU

RE

FUEL DELIVERY AND ENHANCED EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM – AJ26

T880.55

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 6.11

Page 74: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Enhanced Evaporative Emission Control System – 1998 MY ON (continued)

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor (FTP Sensor)

• The FTP sensor, located on the fuel tank evapora-tive flange, incorporates a pressure sensor capsuleconnected to a resistive element.

• The ECM supplies 5 volts to the resistive element,which outputs a voltage signal proportional to thefuel tank pressure.

Canister Close Valve (CCV)

• The normally open CCV, located on the secondevaporative canister outlet, is operated by the ECMfrom the purge control / leak check strategy.

• A filter is installed on the vent hose to preventdebris from entering the canister.

NOTES

FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR

T880.56

CANISTER CLOSE VALVE AND FILTER – XJ8 SEDAN

T880.57

6.12 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 75: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)

• ORVR, common to all 1998 MY ON vehicles, pre-vents the fuel tank vapor from being vented directlyto the atmosphere during refueling.

• During refueling, vapor is vented through the EVAPsystem.

• The ORVR system consists of a unique fuel tank fillerneck incorporating a check valve, unique vent linesand a fill level vent valve.

• The lower part of the filler neck has a reduced diameter.

• During refueling, the incoming fuel seals the gapbetween the reduced part of the filler neck and therefueling filler nozzle to prevent vapor from escapingup the filler neck.

• The check valve, located at the neck outlet to thetank, prevents fuel from backing-up in the filler neck.

• The fill level vent valve, located in the fuel tank evap-orative flange, incorporates a float valve and a pres-sure relief valve.

• The valve sets the maximum fuel level in the tank andprovides outlets to the EVAP system and to the fillerneck.

• The roll-over valve also vents to the EVAP system.Note that the vapor inlet to the roll-over valve islocated higher in the fuel tank than is the inlet tothe fill level vent valve.

NOTES

ORVR FUEL TANK – XJ8 SEDAN

T880.58

FUEL TANKPRESSURE SENSOR

ROLLOVER VALVE

FUEL PUMPCONNECTOR

FILL LEVEL VENT VALVE

FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE

T880.59

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 6.13

Page 76: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) (continued)

ORVR Operation

• During refueling, the incoming fuel pushes fuel vapor through the roll-over valve and the fill level vent valve tothe EVAP system.

• When the fuel level rises to close the float valve, ventilation is restricted causing a back pressure in the fillerneck sufficient to operate the refueling filler nozzle automatic shut-off.

• After installing the filler cap, the fuel tank vents only through the roll-over valve until the fuel level drops to alevel that allows the float valve to open the fill level vent valve.

• If the EVAP system fails so that the fuel tank cannot vent correctly, the fill level vent valve pressure relief valveopens to allow vapor flow to the atmosphere through the filler neck and cap.

NOTES

ECM

P

EVAP VALVEFILTER

INDUCTIONELBOW

FILLER CAP

CHECK VALVE

FILL LEVEL VENT VALVEROLLOVER VALVE

FUEL TANK

FUEL TANKPRESSURE SENSOR

FLOAT VALVE

PRESSURE RELIEFVALVE

CANISTER CLOSEVALVE

CHARCOAL CANISTERS

ORVR SYSTEM

T880.60

6.14 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 77: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) – XK8

• The XK8 enhanced evaporative emission system with ORVR is similar to the system used on the XJ8 Sedan.

• Due to the large bore hoses required, the EVAP canisters and associated components are relocated to the rearof the vehicle behind the rear suspension/final drive assembly.

• The canister close valve (CCV) and vapor hoses are fixed directly to the bodywork.

• The EVAP canisters are bolted directly and via brackets to the body.

• The atmospheric vent pipe from the second canister is routed through a hole in the RH suspension housingwith the CCV air filter fitted to the end of the pipe inside the housing.

NOTES

CANISTERCLOSE VALVE

CANISTERFIXING BOLT

CANISTERMOUNTING BRACKET

VAPOR PIPE TOPURGE VALVE

VAPOR FEEDFROM TANK

CCV FILTER

EVAP CANISTER INSTALLATION – XK8

T880.61

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 6.15

Page 78: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) – XK8 (continued)

Fuel Tank Filler

Due to the relocation of the EVAP canisters, the vapor pipes pass through the floor of the trunk. Note that, on theconvertible model, the closing panel behind the tank is modified to accommodate the vapor pipes.

NOTES

FUEL FILLERTUBE SUPPORT FUEL TANK OVER-PRESSURE

RELIEF PIPE

VAPOR OUTLET PIPETO CANISTERS

CANISTER OUTLET PIPETO PURGE VALVE

NARROWFILLER TUBE

FUEL TANKGROUND

FUEL TANK – XK8

T880.62

6.16 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 79: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Crankcase Ventilation System

• The engine crankcase is ventilated through a partload and a full load breather.

• Each camshaft cover incorporates a wire gauze air /oil separator.

• The part load breather connects between the B bankair / oil separator and the intake manifold inductionelbow, and tees to the canister purge line.

• The full load breather connects between the A bankair / oil separator and the intake air duct, down-stream from the MAFS.

• The breather hoses have quick release fittings.

NOTES

AIR / OIL SEPARATOR

T880.63

PART LOAD BREATHER FULL LOAD BREATHER

CRANKCASE VENTILATION SYSTEM

T880.64

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 6.17

Page 80: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

6.18 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 81: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 82: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL INJECTION

Fuel Metering

Fuel metering is controlled by the ECM using a base fuel metering map, which is then corrected for the specificengine operating conditions. The ECM varies the fuel injector pulse duration and the number of pulses during eachengine cycle (two crankshaft rotations) to achieve the necessary fuel metering. The injectors are pulsed sequential-ly, once per engine cycle (once every two engine revolutions) in the engine firing order, except during starting andacceleration.

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE SPEED

ENGINE LOAD

ENABLE / INHIBIT

EXHAUST OXYGEN CONTENT

ENGINE TRANSIENTS

CANISTER PURGE

OVERRUN

BATTERYVOLTAGE

FUEL INJECTORS

A BANK B BANK

CLOSEDLOOP

AIR : FUELRATIO

FUEL METERINGBASE MAP

PRIMARY INJECTORPULSE DURATION

FULL LOAD

VEHICLE ELEVATION

ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

BATTERYVOLTAGE

CORRECTION

INJECTORPULSE DURATION

SEQUENTIALOR GROUPED

FUEL INJECTION

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

CORRECTIONFACTORS

AFTER-STARTENRICHMENT

ENGINE CRANKINGENGINE STARTSTRATEGY

FUEL METERING STRATEGY

T880.65

7.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 83: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Base Fuel Metering Map

• The base fuel metering map sets the base air : fuel ratio for normal engine operation throughout the full rangeof engine load and speed.

• Engine load is determined by measuring intake mass air flow.

• The MAFS supplies the ECM with a mass air flow signal.

• The ECM receives an engine speed signal from the CKPS.

• By monitoring the exhaust oxygen content from the HO2S (upstream oxygen sensors), the ECM is able to per-form closed loop fuel metering control and adaptive fuel metering.

Closed Loop Fuel Metering

• The exhaust system incorporates 3-way catalytic converters that oxidize CO and HC, and reduce NOx. Theseconverters operate efficiently only if engine combustion is as complete as possible.

• A closed loop system between fuel injection, ECM control, and exhaust oxygen content feedback maintains anair : fuel ratio as close to stoichiometric as possible.

• In response to oxygen sensor voltage swings, the ECM continuously drives the air : fuel ratio rich-lean-rich byadding to, or subtracting from the base fuel metering map.

• Separate channels within the ECM allow independent control of A and B bank injectors.

Adaptive Fuel Metering

• The ECM adapts fuel metering to variations in engine efficiency, subsystem tolerances, and changes caused byengine aging.

• Adaptions take place at normal operating temperature during engine idle, and at four other points within theengine load / speed range.

• While monitoring the HO2S feedback, the ECM centralizes fuel metering within the feedback range.

• These adaptions can be measured by the PDU Datalogger Long Term Fueling Trim (LTFT) parameter.

• The ECM retains the adaptions in memory, for use in subsequent drive cycles.

• During the next drive cycle, the ECM monitors the adaptions taking place and compares them to the adaptionsthat took place during the previous drive cycle for diagnostic purposes.

• If the ECM battery power supply is disconnected, all adaptions will be lost from memory.

• After reconnecting the battery power supply and starting the engine, engine operation may be uneven (espe-cially at idle) until the ECM relearns the adaptions.

NOTES

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 7.3

Page 84: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL INJECTION

Fuel Metering (continued)

Engine Starting

The engine start strategy is used when the ECM receives an ENGINE CRANK signal from the BPM. With the excep-tion of wide open throttle (WOT), the engine start strategy operates independently of accelerator pedal position ormovement. The engine start strategy initially increases injector pulse width to provide sufficient fuel for starting andprogressively reduces the pulse width during the cranking cycle. During the first 360° of crankshaft rotation, all fuelinjectors operate simultaneously. During subsequent revolutions the injectors are operated in the engine firingorder, once per 360° of crankshaft rotation. At engine speeds above 400 rpm the injectors operate normally. Thestarting strategy produces steady-state running at the target idle speed within two seconds of firing after a maximumovershoot of 200 – 300 rpm. If the accelerator pedal demands WOT during cranking, the ECM cancels fuel injec-tion and allows the throttle valve to full open to clear the fuel vapor from the “flooded” engine intake.

Warm-Up Enrichment

During engine warm-up, the ECM controls fuel metering from maps that add an enrichment factor based on coolanttemperature, engine load and speed.

Transient Fuel Metering

During acceleration and deceleration, the ECM controls fuel metering to optimize the air : fuel ratio for exhaustemission, engine response, and economy. This function operates over the full engine temperature range for all ratesof acceleration and deceleration.

NOTES

7.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 85: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Full Load Enrichment

The ECM determines full load from the throttle valve angle and the engine speed. At full load, the ECM inhibitsclosed loop fuel metering control and increases fuel flow to enrich the air : fuel ratio. The amount of enrichment isdetermined from the engine speed.

Evaporative Canister Purge Flow

During evaporative canister purge flow to the engine, the ECM determines the concentration of fuel vapor beingdrawn from the evaporative canister and makes a correction to the base fuel metering map.

Overrun Fuel Injection Cutoff

When the throttle is closed during higher engine speeds, the ECM cancels fuel injection. The engine speeds at whichfuel injection is canceled and reinstated are mapped against coolant temperature. On reinstatement, the ECM ini-tially uses a lean air : fuel ratio to provide a smooth transition, then progressively returns to the nominal air : fuelratio. The nominal air : fuel ratio for reinstatement is derived from throttle valve angle and engine speed. Duringoverrun fuel injection cutoff, closed loop fuel metering control, EVAP and EGR are inhibited.

Engine Overspeed Protection

To protect the engine from overspeed damage, the ECM cancels fuel injection at 7100 rpm. Fuel injection is rein-stated at 7050 rpm.

Traction / Stability Control

Fuel injection intervention is used for traction / stability control.

NOTES

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 7.5

Page 86: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL INJECTION

Exhaust Gas Oxygen Content Monitoring: Oxygen Sensors – AJ26

• The AJ26 EMS uses four zirconium dioxide typeoxygen sensors.

• A heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) is locatedupstream of each catalytic converter; an unheatedoxygen sensor (O2S) is located downstream ofeach catalytic converter.

• The two upstream sensors are used by the ECM forclosed loop fuel metering correction. The down-stream sensors for used for OBD catalyst monitoring.

• The oxygen sensors produce voltage by conductingoxygen ions at temperatures above 300 °C (572 °F).

• The tip portion of the sensor’s ceramic element isin contact with the exhaust gas.

• The remaining portion of the ceramic element is incontact with ambient air via a filter through thesensor body.

• In order to reduce the time and resulting emissionneeded to bring the upstream sensors up to work-ing temperature, an internal electric heater is used.The heaters are controlled by the ECM.

• At engine speeds above approximately 3000 rpm,the ECM switches off the heaters.

• The construction of the upstream and downstreamsensor harnesses and connectors are different sothat they can be easily identified and not be inter-changed.

• The HO2S have a four-way connector; the O2Shave a two-way connector.

NOTES

HO2S

O2S

OXYGEN SENSORS – AJ26

T880.66

PROTECTIVE TUBE

ZiO2 – CERAMIC SENSOR TIP

HEATER

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR WITH CROSS-SECTION – AJ26

T880.67

7.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 87: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Oxygen Sensor Characteristic

• The sensor voltage varies between approximately800 millivolts and 200 millivolts, depending on theoxygen level in the exhaust gas.

• When the air : fuel ratio is richer than optimum,there is low oxygen in the exhaust gas and the voltageoutput is high.

• When the air : fuel ratio is leaner than optimum, oxy-gen in the exhaust is high and the output voltage islow.

• Only a very small change in air : fuel ratio isrequired to swing the oxygen sensor voltage fromone extreme to the other, thus enabling precisefuel metering control.

Catalytic Converters – AJ26

The AJ26 engine exhaust system uses a single catalyticconverter for each engine bank. The placement of thecatalysts in the down pipes, adjacent to the exhaustmanifolds, ensures rapid “light off” and eliminates theneed for secondary catalysts.

Deterioration of catalytic conversion efficiency will cre-ate unacceptable HC, CO and NOx exhaust emission.The efficiency of the catalytic converter system is moni-tored and any deterioration in efficiency is flagged as afault by the ECM. Catalyst efficiency is monitored bysampling both the incoming and outgoing exhaust gasat the catalysts. Two oxygen sensors are positioned ineach exhaust downpipe assembly – one HO2Supstream of the catalyst and one O2S downstream ofthe catalyst. By comparing the voltage swings of eachset of sensors, the ECM can detect when catalyst effi-ciency drops off.

NOTES

OU

TPU

T V

OLT

AG

E

RICHER λ = 1 LEANER(OPTIMUM)

200mV

800mV

OXYGEN SENSOR CHARACTERISTIC – AJ26

T880.68

700mV

0.86V

10 SWINGS PER MINUTE AT IDLE

UPS

TREA

M O

XY

GEN

SEN

SO

R

200mV

0V

OXYGEN SENSOR VOLTAGE SWING TRACE – UPSTREAM AJ26

T880.69

CATALYTIC CONVERTERS – AJ26

T880.70

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 7.7

Page 88: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL INJECTION

Oxygen Sensors – AJ27

“Universal” Oxygen Sensors

• In order to improve air : fuel ratio (AFR) controlunder varying engine conditions, a “universal” typeheated oxygen sensor is fitted in the upstreamposition.

• The universal sensor has varying current responseto changes in exhaust gas content.

• The AFR can be maintained more precisely withina range from approximately 12:1 to 18:1, not juststoichiometric.

• Voltage is maintained at approximately 450 mV byapplying a current.

• The current required to maintain the constant volt-age is directly proportional to the AFR.

• A higher current indicates a leaner condition; alower current indicates a richer condition.

• The current varies with the temperature of the sen-sor and is therefore difficult to measure for techni-cian diagnostic purposes.

• The downstream heated oxygen sensors, used forcatalyst efficiency monitoring, remain unchanged.However, the location in the exhaust system haschanged. Refer to the following page.

HO2S Heater Control

• The universal oxygen sensors require preciseheater control to ensure accuracy and prevent sen-sor damage.

• After engine start, the ECM initially applies B+voltage to the heaters to quickly warm the sensors,then reduces the voltage as necessary to maintainsensor temperature. The ECM varies the voltageby PWM control of the individual heater groundside circuits.

NOTES

+10 mA

NOMINAL APPLIED CURRENT

-10 mA

V

AFR 12:1

AP

PLI

ED

CU

RR

EN

T(A

PP

RO

XIM

AT

E)

AFR 18:1λ = 1

λ = 1

4.5V

UNIVERSAL OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM)

OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM)

OXYGEN SENSOR CHARACTERISTIC – AJ27

T880.75

7.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 89: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Catalytic Converters – AJ27

Split Element Catalytic Converter

The AJ27 EMS produces very low levels on exhaustemission. In order to allow detection of catalytic con-verter deterioration at these very low levels, a splitelement catalytic converter is used.

To improve catalyst efficiency monitoring, the spacingbetween the two internal ceramic catalytic elementshas been increased to allow the downstream HO2 sen-sor to be relocated to the new position between the twoelements. Due to the lower efficiency of the first (top)element compared to the second element, the level ofexhaust emission at this location is sufficiently high toensure accurate monitoring.

NOTES

DOWNSTREAMHO2 SENSOR

UPSTREAM UNIVERSALHO2 SENSOR

SPLIT ELEMENT CATALYTIC CONVERTER

T880.76

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 7.9

Page 90: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

FUEL INJECTION

Air Assisted Fuel Injection – AJ27

Air assisted fuel injection (AAI) improves combustion stability when the engine is cold, allowing the use of increasedignition retardation for faster catalyst warm-up, thus producing a further reduction of HC emission.

Under cold start/part throttle conditions, the system uses intake manifold vacuum to draw air through a modifiedinjector nozzle, producing a jet which mixes with the fuel spray to increase atomization. At higher engine loads, themanifold vacuum is insufficient to have this effect. The injector air assistance supply is controlled by the ECM.

Injector Fuel and Air Supply

• Operation is based on the use of top (fuel) fedinjectors with an air feed around the nozzleregions and therefore requires a modified induc-tion manifold.

• The injectors are seated in two air supply railswhich are integral with the manifold (similar to theAJ26 fuel rails).

• The rails are closed at both ends and are center fedvia plastic hoses and ‘T’ piece from the air assistcontrol valve (AACV).

• Two fuel rails, with a connecting crossover pipe,form a detachable assembly and are a push fit ontothe injectors to which they are secured with clips.The fuel rails are then bolted to the induction man-ifold.

NOTES

FUEL RAIL

AIR SUPPLY RAIL

AAI INTAKE MANIFOLD – AJ27

T880.71

FUEL RAIL

INJECTORS

FUEL RAIL AND INJECTORS – AJ27

T880.72

7.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 91: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Fuel Injectors

• The injectors incorporate a shroud fitted over thenozzle end to direct the AAI air flow.

• Air from the supply rail is drawn by manifold vacuumthrough four small holes in the side of the shroud andpast the fuel nozzle to exit via the two spray orifices inthe shroud.

• When fuel is injected into this airflow, animproved spray mixture with reduced droplet sizeis produced.

Air Assist Control Valve (AACV)

• The air supply to the injectors is controlled by thesolenoid operated air assist control valve (AACV),which is bolted to the throttle body.

• The control valve receives air, via an integral passagein the throttle body, from an entry hole in the upperthrottle bore above the throttle valve.

• The ECM drives the AACV by a pulse width modu-lated (PWM) signal.

• The valve opens in direct proportion to an increase inthe duty cycle.

• The valve is fully open from cold until a coolant tem-perature of 60°C (140 °F).

• Above 60°C (140 °F) a 50% duty cycle is applieduntil 70 °C (158 °F), at which point the valve is fullyclosed.

NOTESAIR ASSIST CONTROL VALVE

AAI SYSTEM – AJ27

T880.74

CONNECTOR

FUEL SUPPLY

SHROUD

AIR SUPPLY

TWIN-SPRAY PATTERN

AAI FUEL INJECTOR CROSS-SECTION – AJ27

T880.73

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 7.11

Page 92: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

7.12 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 93: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 94: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

IGNITION

Ignition Timing and Distribution

Ignition timing and spark distribution are controlled by the ECM using a base ignition map, which is then correctedfor the specific engine operating conditions. The spark plug for each cylinder is fired by an on-plug ignition coil.Two ignition modules, one for each group of 4 cylinders., provide the primary side switching for the coils, as sig-naled by the ECM. Ignition is synchronized using the input signals from the CKPS and CMPS.

Engine Firing Order

A1 – B1 – A4 – A2 – B2 – A3 – B3 – B4

Base Ignition Map

• The base ignition map sets the base ignition timingfor the full range of engine load and speed.

• Engine load is determined by measuring intakemass air flow.

• The MAFS supplies the ECM with a mass air flowsignal.

• The ECM receives an engine speed signal from theCKPS.

Engine Starting

• Ignition timing is fixed at one value for startingwhen the ECM receives an ENGINE CRANK signalfrom the BPM.

Temperature Correction

• Ignition timing corrections are applied to the igni-tion map by the ECM to compensate for variationsin intake air temperature and engine coolant tem-perature.

Fuel injection cutoff interaction

• Just prior to fuel injection cutoff, the ECM retardsthe ignition timing to provide a smooth transitionbetween the two operating states.

• As fuel injection is reinstated, the ECM progres-sively returns the ignition timing to nominal.

NOTES

ENGINE CRANKING

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE LOAD

ENGINE SPEED

ENGINE COOLANT TEMP.

INTAKE AIR TEMP.

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

BATTERYVOLTAGE

CKPS

CMPS

IGNITION MODULES

MODULE 1AJ26

MODULE 2

IGNITION TIMINGBASE MAP

PRIMARYIGNITION TIMING

ENGINE TRANSIENTS

IGNITION TIMING ANDSYNCHRONIZATION

EGR OPERATION

TRANSMISSION SHIFT

TRACTION / STABILITY CONTROL

FI CUT-OFF

CORRECTIONFACTORS

INDIVIDUALIGNITION MODULESAJ27

IGNITION TIMING STRATEGY (TYPICAL)

T880.77

8.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 95: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Transient Interaction

During throttle transients (idle, steady state, acceleration, deceleration), the ECM applies ignition timing correction.The amount of timing correction depends on the throttle valve angle rate of change, and on the direction of throttlevalve movement (opening / closing).

Variable Valve Timing Operation

During VVT transition, the ECM retards ignition timing to prevent transient ignition detonation.

EGR Operation

During EGR operation, the ECM advances ignition timing. The diluted combustion chamber charge requires more“burn time” and, therefore, more advanced ignition timing. The degree of ignition advance is proportional to engineload and speed.

Shift Energy Management

Ignition intervention is used for shift energy management.

Traction / Stability Control

Ignition intervention is used for traction / stability control.

Misfire Detection / CAN Data

The ECM is able to detect misfire by monitoring crankshaft acceleration (CKPS signal). In order to reduce the possi-bility of false misfire diagnosis, the ECM uses the ABS/TCCM CAN data – left and right rear wheel speeds – todetermine if the vehicle is operating on a rough road.

IGNITION ANGLE

LOADENGINE SPEED

BASE IGNITION MAP (TYPICAL)

T880.78

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 8.3

Page 96: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

IGNITION

Ignition Coils and Modules – AJ26

Two ignition modules (amplifiers) are installed. The modules receive ignition drive signals from the ECM and, in turncontrol the primary current switching of the on-plug ignition coils. Dwell control for the ignition system is per-formed within the ECM.

• Module 1 switches coils A1, A4, B2, B3.

• Module 2 switches coils A2, A3, B1, B4.

B BANKON-PLUG IGNITION COILS

B1 B2 B3 B4

FEEDBACK

FEEDBACK

PRIMARYCIRCUIT

SWITCHING

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

IGNITION MODULE 2

IGNITION MODULE 1

PRIMARYCIRCUIT

SWITCHING

B1

A2

A3

B4

A1

B2

B3

A4

NOMINAL 5VPULLED LOW AT EACH SPARK

NOMINAL 5VPULLED LOW AT EACH SPARK

IGNITIONDRIVE

A BANKON-PLUG IGNITION COILS

A1 A2 A3 A4

IGNITION ARRANGEMENT – AJ26

T880.79

8.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 97: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

NOTES

IGNITION COILS AND MODULES – XK8 AJ26

T880.80

IGNITION MODULES – XJ8 AJ26

T880.80B

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 8.5

Page 98: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

IGNITION

Ignition Coil-on-Plug Units – AJ27

• Each AJ27coil-on-plug unit incorporates its ownignition module.

• The ignition modules are triggered directly fromthe ECM and drive the coil primary circuit, control-ling current amplitude, switching point and dwell.

• Each ignition module provides a monitor output tothe ECM.

• When an ignition trigger signal is received, anacknowledge pulse is sent to the ECM if the currentdrive to the coil primary is satisfactory.

• This pulse is initiated when the current reaches 2amps and is terminated at 4 amps.

• If the trigger signal is not received or the coil cur-rent does not rise to 2 amps, the monitor line willremain at logic high, signaling an ignition failure tothe ECM.

• As with AJ26, two ignition monitor inputs (one pergroup of four ignition coils) are provided to the ECM.

• Ignition monitor circuits from cylinders 1A, 2B, 3Band 4A are spliced together; ignition monitor cir-cuits from cylinders 1B, 2A, 3A and 4B are splicedtogether.

NOTES

COIL-ON-PLUG IGNITION UNIT – AJ27

T880.82

8.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 99: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

NOTES

B BANK IGNITION MODULES AND COILS

IGNITION COILRELAY

B+

4B3B2B1B

EB+

1A, 2B, 3B, 4AFEEDBACK

3A2A 4A1A

A BANK IGNITION MODULES AND COILS

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

1B, 2A, 3A, 4BFEEDBACK

IGNITIONDRIVE

IGNITIONDRIVE

5V AT EACH SPARK

5V AT EACH SPARK

IGNITION ARRANGEMENT – AJ27

T880.82B

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 8.7

Page 100: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

IGNITION

Ignition Knock (Detonation) Control

• The ECM retards ignition timing to individual cylin-ders to control ignition knock (detonation) andoptimize engine power.

• Two knock sensors (KS) are positioned on the cyl-inder block in the engine vee to sense engine deto-nation.

• One KS is positioned on A bank and the other on Bbank.

• Each knock sensor has a piezo electric sensing ele-ment to detect broad band (2 – 20 kHz) engineaccelerations.

• If detonation is detected, between 700 and 6800rpm, the ECM uses the crankshaft position sensor(CKPS) signal to determine which cylinder is firing,and retards the ignition timing for that cylinder only.

• If, on the next firing of that cylinder, the detona-tion reoccurs, the ECM will further retard the igni-tion timing; if the detonation does not reoccur onthe next firing, the ECM will advance the ignitiontiming incrementally with each firing.

• The knock sensing ignition retard / advance pro-cess can continue for a particular cylinder up to amaximum retard of 9.4 degrees.

• During acceleration at critical engine speeds, theECM retards the ignition timing to prevent theonset of detonation. This action occurs indepen-dent of input from the knock sensors.

NOTES

A BANK

B BANK

KNOCK SENSORS – AJ26

T880.81

8.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 101: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Knock Sensors (KS) – AJ27

• The AJ27 sensors are of an annular (doughnut) con-struction and are mounted via a stud and nut to thecylinder head.

• To improve cylinder identification, particularly athigher engine RPM, switched capacitive filters areincorporated in the ECM.

• Knock sensing performance is further enhanced bythe use of improved ECM signal processing software.

Knock Sensing OBD Monitoring

KS sense circuit out of range (low voltage)With the ignition switched ON, the ECM monitors the A bank KS signal for low voltage. If the signal voltage is lessthan 0.6V on the first trip, the ECM takes default action. If the signal voltage is less than 0.6V on two consecutivetrips, the ECM flags a KS DTC and the CHECK ENGINE MIL is activated.

Default action: the ECM sets ignition retard to maximum.

KS sense circuit out of range (high voltage)With the ignition switched ON, the ECM monitors the A bank KS signal for high voltage. If the signal voltage is great-er than 4.15V on the first trip, the ECM takes default action. If the signal voltage is greater than 4.15V on twoconsecutive trips, the ECM flags a KS DTC and the CHECK ENGINE MIL is activated.

Default action: the ECM sets ignition retard to maximum.

NOTES

KNOCK SENSORS – AJ27

T880.83

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 8.9

Page 102: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

8.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 103: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 104: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

Variable Valve Timing – AJ26

The AJ26 two-position variable valve timing (VVT) system improves low and high speed engine performance, idlequality, and exhaust emission. VVT is a two-position system that operates on the intake camshafts only. There are30° of crankshaft rotation between the retarded and the advanced positions. The system is operated by engine oilpressure under the control of the ECM. The VVT hardware associated with each intake camshaft includes:

• Valve timing unit

• Bush carrier assembly

• Valve timing solenoid

Valve Timing Unit

• The valve timing unit rotates the intake camshaft inrelation to the primary chain to advance or retardthe intake valve timing.

• The unit is made up of a body and sprocket assem-bly separated from an inner sleeve by a ring pistonand two ring gears.

• A bolt secures the inner sleeve to the camshaft

• The ring gears engage in opposing helical splineson the body and sprocket assembly, and on thesleeve.

• The ring gears transmit the drive from the bodyand sprocket assembly to the inner sleeve and,when moved axially, rotate the inner sleeve inrelation to the body and sprocket assembly.

RETARDED

TDC

BDC

10˚

65˚ 50˚

EXHAUST

INTAKE

ADVANCED

TDC

BDC

25˚

35˚

10˚

35˚ 50˚

EXHAUST

INTAKE

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING – AJ26 (CRANKSHAFT ROTATION SHOWN)

T880.84

BODY AND SPROCKETASSEMBLY

BACKLASHSPRING

INNERSLEEVE

RETURNSPRING

PISTON

RING GEARS

VALVE TIMING UNIT – AJ26

T880.85

9.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 105: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Engine oil pressure ported by the valve timing solenoid moves the ring gears and piston to rotate the inner sleeve inthe advance timing direction. A return spring moves the ring gears and piston to rotate the inner sleeve in the retardtiming direction.

A series of small springs absorb backlash to reduce noise and wear. The springs between the ring gears absorb rota-tional backlash. The springs between the inner sleeve and the end of the body and sprocket assembly absorb axialbacklash.

Bush Carrier

• The bush carriers contain oil passages that link theengine oil supply to the valve timing unit.

• The integral shuttle valve, connected to the valvetiming solenoid and biased by a coil spring, con-trols the flow of oil through the passages.

Valve Timing Solenoid

• The valve timing solenoid positions the shuttle valvein the bush carrier.

• A plunger on the solenoid extends a minimum of6.8 mm (0.28 in.) when the solenoid is energizedand retracts when the solenoid is deenergized.

NOTES

BUSH CARRIERS – AJ26

T880.86

VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – AJ26

T880.87

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 9.3

Page 106: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

Variable Valve Timing – AJ26

VVT Mechanical Operation

Intake valve timing retarded • When the valve timing solenoids are de energized,

the coil springs in the bush carriers position theshuttle valves to port the valve timing units to drain.

• The valve timing units return springs hold the ringpistons and gears in the retarded position.

Intake valve timing advanced • When the valve timing solenoids are energized, the

solenoid plungers position the shuttle valves toport pressurized engine lubricating oil to the valvetiming units.

• The oil pressure moves the gears and ring pistonsto the advanced position.

• System response times are 1 second maximum foradvance, 0.7 second maximum for retard.

ECM VVT Control

• The ECM switches the valve timing solenoids toadvance / retard intake valve timing based on amap of engine load and speed.

• The map incorporates both engine load and speed“hysteresis” (overlap) to prevent “hunting”.

• Between 1250 and 4500 rpm (nominal), at engineload greater than approximately 25%, the intakevalve timing is advanced.

• The intake valve timing is retarded at low enginespeed and at high engine speed.

• VVT is inhibited (intake valve timing remainsretarded) at engine coolant temperatures less than-10 °C (14 °F).

• While the valve timing is retarded, the ECM peri-odically drives the valve timing solenoid open witha momentary pulse.

• This momentary pulse occurs every five minutes,and allows a spurt of oil flow to the valve timingunits to prevent wear. It is possible to hear thelubrication pulse with the engine running and thehood open.

RETARDED

ADVANCED

OIL RETURN

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING OPERATION – AJ26

T880.88

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

ENGINE SPEED (rpm x 1000)

EN

GIN

E L

OA

D

RETARDED ADVANCED

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING MAP – AJ26

T880.89

9.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 107: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Linear Variable Valve Timing – AJ27

• The AJ27 Linear VVT system provides continuously variable inlet valve timing over a crankshaft range of 48° ±2°.

• Depending on driver demand and engine speed / load conditions, the inlet valve timing is advanced orretarded to the optimum angle within this range.

• Compared to the two position system used on AJ26, inlet valve opening is advanced by an extra 8°, providinggreater overlap and increasing the internal EGR effect (exhaust gases mixing with air in the inlet port).

The linear VVT system provides a number of advantages:

• Improves internal EGR, further reducing NOx emissions and eliminating the need for an external EGR system

• Optimizes torque over the engine speed range without the compromise of the two-position system: note that specified torque and power figures are unchanged

• Improves idle quality: the inlet valve opens 10° later, reducing valve overlap and thus the internal EGR effect (undesirable at idle speed)

• Faster VVT response time

• VVT operates at lower oil pressure

NOTES

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720

CRANK ANGLE (degrees)

VA

LVE

LIF

T (

mm

)

EXHAUSTINLET

MAXIMUM ADVANCEINLET

MAXIMUM RETARD

LINEAR VVT – AJ27

T880.90

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 9.5

Page 108: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

Linear Variable Valve Timing – AJ27 (continued)

Linear VVT Components

Each cylinder bank has a VVT unit, bush carrier and solenoid operated oil control valve which are all unique to thelinear VVT system. The VVT unit consists of an integral control mechanism with bolted on drive sprockets, the com-plete assembly being non-serviceable. The unit is fixed to the front end of the inlet camshaft via a hollow bolt androtates about the oil feed bush on the bush carrier casting. The bush carrier is aligned to the cylinder head by twohollow spring dowels and secured by three bolts.

The oil control valve fits into the bush carrier to which it is secured by a single screw. The solenoid connector at the topof the valve protrudes through a hole in the camshaft cover but the cover must first be removed to take out the valve.

Engine oil enters the lower oilway in the bush carrier (via a filter) and is forced up through the oil control valve shut-tle spools to either the advance or retard oilway and through the bush to the VVT unit. Oil is also returned from theVVT unit via these oilways and the control valve shuttle spools, exiting through the bush carrier drain holes.

NOTE: Only the bush carriers are left- and right-handed.

SOLENOID CONNECTOR

OIL CONTROL VALVE

OIL FEED BUSH

BUSH CARRIER

OIL DRAINS

OIL FEED

VVT UNITFIXING BOLT

VVT UNIT

LINEAR VVT COMPONENTS – AJ27

T880.91

9.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 109: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Linear VVT unitThe VVT unit transmits a fixed drive via the secondarychain to the exhaust camshaft. The inlet camshaft is driv-en from the body of the unit via internal helical splines:when commanded from the ECM this mechanism rotatesthe inlet camshaft relative to the body/sprocket assemblyto advance or retard the valve timing.

The VVT unit has three main parts: the body/sprocketassembly, an inner sleeve bolted axially to the nose ofthe camshaft and a drive ring/piston assembly locatedbetween the body and inner sleeve and coupled to bothvia helical splines.

The basic operation is similar to that of the two positionunit: oil pressure applied in the advance chamber forcesthe drive ring/piston assembly to move inwards along itsaxis while rotating clockwise on the helical body splines.Since the drive ring is also helically geared to the innersleeve but with opposite angled splines, the inner sleeveis made to rotate in the same direction, turning the cam-shaft. The use of opposing helical gears (the angle ismore acute than in the two position unit) produces a rel-atively large angular rotation for a small axial movement,thus keeping the VVT unit to a compact size. Note thatthe inner sleeve does not move axially.

To move back to a retard position, oil pressure is switched to the retard chamber and the piston and rotationalmovements are reversed. The use of oil pressure to move the piston in both directions eliminates the need for areturn spring for VVT operation (as in the two position system). However, a lighter pressure spring is fitted in theretard chamber to assist the piston assembly to revert to the fully retarded position with the engine stopped. Notethat rotating the engine backwards from the stopped position will cause the VVT unit body to move relative to thecamshaft, advancing the timing. To avoid the possibility of incorrect timing being set after any associated servicework, reference must be made to JTIS for the correct procedures.

Due to the use of bidirectional oil pressure actuation and light spring pressure, a much lower oil pressure is requiredto advance the VVT unit, making its operation more consistent at high oil temperatures/low engine speed. Also,response times to move in the advance direction are reduced by approximately 50% compared with the two posi-tion actuator.

NOTES

ANTI-BACKLASHSPRINGS

RETARD CHAMBEROIL FEED / DRAIN

INNER SLEEVE

PISTON RETURNSPRING

DRIVE RINGAND PISTON ASSEMBLY

ADVANCE CHAMBEROIL FEED / DRAIN

ADVANCE CHAMBER

LINEAR VVT UNIT – AJ27

T880.92

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 9.7

Page 110: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

Linear Variable Valve Timing – AJ27 (continued)

Linear VVT Oil Control – Advance

• To fully advance the cams, the solenoid is energized pushing the shuttle valve down.

• This action causes the incoming oil feed to be directed through the lower oilway in the bush carrier and intothe advance oil chamber where it pushes on the piston/drive ring assembly.

• As the piston moves in the advance direction (towards the camshaft), oil is forced out of the retard chamberthrough oilways in the sprocket unit, camshaft, hollow fixing bolt, bush carrier and the shuttle valve fromwhich it drains into the engine.

Linear VVT Oil Control – Retard

• To move to the fully retarded position, the solenoid is de-energized, the return spring holds the shuttle valve inits upper position and the oil flow is directed through the bush carrier upper oilway into the VVT unit.

• Oil is channeled through the hollow VVT fixing bolt and via oilways in the camshaft and sprocket unit to theretard chamber where it acts on the moveable piston/drive ring assembly.

• As the piston moves, oil is forced from the advance chamber back through the shuttle valve to the engine.

BUSH CARRIER

CAMSHAFT

VVTSOLENOID VALVE DRIVE RING AND

PISTON ASSEMBLY

RETARD CHAMBER

VVT UNIT FIXING BOLT

CAMSHAFTROTATIONTO RETARD

VVT UNIT IN FULLY RETARDED POSITION

CAMSHAFTROTATION

TO ADVANCE

OIL FEED

OIL DRAINS

VVT UNIT IN FULLY ADVANCED POSITION

OIL FEED

OIL DRAINS

FOUR-SPOOLSHUTTLE VALVE

LINEAR VVT OIL CONTROL – AJ27

T880.93

9.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 111: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Linear VVT ECM Control System

Closed loop control• Continuously variable timing requires the VVT piston to be set to the optimal position between full advance

and retard for a particular engine speed and load.

• The ECM positions the shuttle valve using a PWM control signal operating at a frequency of 300 Hz.

• The shuttle valve assumes a position between the limits of travel proportional to the “duty cycle” of the signal.An increasing duty cycle causes an increase in timing advance.

• The shuttle valve is continuously controlled by the ECM to maintain a given cam angle. The actual position ofthe camshaft is monitored by a magnetic sensor which generates pulses from the toothed sensor ring keyed onto the end of the camshaft and transmits them to the ECM. If a difference is sensed between the actual anddemanded positions, the ECM will attempt to correct it. The new cam sensor fitted to A bank allows each bankto have its own feedback loop. The four tooth cam sensor rings increase the cam position feedback frequency,providing the enhanced control required by the new VVT system. The use of four-tooth sensor rings alsoimproves starting (see Engine Management Sensors).

Engine oil temperatureEngine oil properties and temperature can affect the ability of the VVT mechanism to follow demand changes to thecam phase angle. At very low oil temperatures, movement of the VVT mechanism is sluggish due to increased vis-cosity and at high temperatures the reduced viscosity may impair operation if the oil pressure is too low.

The VVT system is normally under closed loop control except in extreme temperature conditions such as cold startsbelow 0 °C (32 °F). At extremely high oil temperatures, the ECM may limit the amount of VVT advance to preventthe engine stalling when returning to idle speed. This could occur because of the slow response of the VVT unit tofollow a rapid demand for speed reduction. Excessive cam advance at very light loads produces high levels of inter-nal EGR which may result in unstable combustion or misfires.

Engine oil temperature sensor (EOTS) The EOTS is a thermistor which has a negative tempera-ture coefficient (NTC). Engine oil temperature isdetermined by the ECM by the change in the sensorresistance. The sensor is located on the engine blockdirectly above the oil pressure switch.

The ECM applies 5 volts to the sensor and monitors thevoltage across the pins to detect the varying resistance.The ECM uses the EOT signal for variable valve timingcontrol.

NOTES

EOTS – AJ27

T880.94

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 9.9

Page 112: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

9.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 113: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 114: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION

Exhaust Gas Recirculation – AJ26

Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) was fitted to 1997 mod-el year XK8 vehicles and was deleted during the samemodel year.

NOTE: EGR is fitted to AJ26 and AJ27 super-charged engines.

EGR lowers combustion temperature, which in turnreduces NOx exhaust emission. EGR is controlled bythe ECM from a map that factors engine operating con-ditions such as engine load and speed, throttle position,and coolant temperature.

The EGR valve is mounted directly to the intake airinduction elbow and connects to the A bank exhaustmanifold by a transfer pipe. The EGR valve contains afour-pole stepper motor (60 step), which is driven bythe ECM. Engine coolant returning from the throttleassembly is channeled through the valve to providecooling.

NOTES

EGR VALVE – AJ26

T880.95

10.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 115: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 116: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

OTHER ECM CONTROL AND INTERFACE FUNCTIONS

Engine Cranking / Starting (Normally Aspirated Engines)

When the ignition is switched ON (position II) and the transmission manual valve is in Park or Neutral, the ECMenables fuel injection and ignition, and outputs a “security acknowledge” encoded signal to the BPM. The Park /Neutral signal is received via the hard wired circuit from the transmission rotary switch. If the BPM receives a Park /Neutral signal from the gear selector neutral switch, it in turn, enables engine cranking. When the ignition key ismoved to CRANK (position III) and the gear selector is in Park or Neutral, the BPM drives the starter relay to crankthe engine. The ECM receives a “cranking” signal from the BPM / starter relay drive circuit. The ECM initiates enginestart EMS values for the duration of the cranking signal.

Supercharged engines Both Park and Neutral signals are supplied from the dual linear switch located at the J gate.

Vehicles without Key Transponder Module (KTM) (1997 Model Year)

If the transmission manual valve is not in Park or Neutral (rotary switch signal) at ignition ON, the ECM inhibits fuelinjection and ignition, and does not transmit the “security acknowledge” signal to the BPM.

Vehicles with Key Transponder Module (KTM)

If the transmission manual valve is not in Park or Neutral (rotary switch signal) at ignition ON, and/or the KTM doesnot transmit an encoded “security acknowledge” signal to the ECM and the BPM, the ECM inhibits fuel injection andignition, and does not transmit the “security acknowledge” signal to the BPM.

NOTES

11.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 117: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

IGNITION SWITCH

READER /EXCITER COIL

IGNITION KEY / TRANSMITTER

IGNITION B+

B+

B+

POSITION III

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

SECURITYDISARM

POSITION II

POSITION I

KEY IN

B+

BPM

D

S

D

DECM

NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH(GEAR SELECTOR)

P/N SWITCH(TRANSMISSION)

STARTER RELAY

STARTER MOTORD

KTM

ENGINE CRANKING / STARTING

T880.95B

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 11.3

Page 118: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

OTHER ECM CONTROL AND INTERFACE FUNCTIONS

Radiator Cooling Fan Control

The ECM controls the radiator cooling fan operation. Using inputs from the air conditioning refrigerant four-waypressure switch and the ECTS, the ECM drives the fans in series (low speed) or in parallel (high speed). The four-waypressure switch contains a 12 bar (174 psi) switch element and a 22 bar (319 psi) switch element connected to theECM. A two-pressure switch element signals the A/CCM for compressor operation.

As the ECM switches the fans, “hysteresis” or overlap between switch on / switch off prevents “hunting” between thefan modes.

If the fans are operating when the engine is switched off, the ECM continues to drive the fans for up to five minutes or untilthe engine coolant temperature has fallen to a predetermined value, whichever occurs first. If the fans are off when theengine is switched off and the coolant temperature rises to the switch-on point during the few seconds time the ECMremains powered to complete throttle adaptions, the fans will switch on and continue to operate for up to five minutes, oruntil the engine coolant temperature has fallen to a predetermined value, whichever occurs first.

NOTES

Radiator Fan Switching Points

Mode Engine coolant temperatureON OFF

Refrigerant pressureON OFF

• SLOW (SERIES) • 90 °C (194 °F) • 86 °C (187 °F) • 12 bar (174 psi) • 8 bar (116 psi)

• FAST (PARALLEL) • 97.5 °C (207.5 °F) • 93.5 °C (200.5 °F) • 22 bar (319 psi) • 17.5 bar (254 psi)

LOW SPEEDFAN RELAY

FANCONTROL

FAN CONTROLRELAY MODULE

RIGHT FAN

LEFT FAN

HIGH SPEEDFAN RELAY

LOW SPEED ON12 BAR (174 PSI)

HIGH SPEED ON22 BAR (319 PSI)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

REFRIGERANT 4-WAYPRESSURE SWITCH

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR

RADIATOR COOLING FAN CONTROL

T880.95C

11.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 119: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Control

The ECM controls the operation of the air conditioning compressor clutch to prevent idle instability and over heat-ing. The air conditioning control module (A/CCM) determines when compressor clutch operation is required andsignals the ECM via the A/C compressor clutch request hard wire circuit. Depending on the engine operating condi-tions, the ECM drives the air conditioning compressor clutch relay to operate the air conditioning compressor. TheA/CCM receives confirmation that the compressor is operating from the clutch relay parallel power circuit.

Engine conditions for compressor ON:

• Engine not at idle*

• Engine coolant temperature not greater than a programmed high temperature

• Throttle valve less than full load (WOT)

*Engine at idle – There is a momentary delay (approximately 50 ms) before the ECM drives the compressorclutch relay. This delay allows the ECM to compensate the idle speed for the impending high load.

Engine conditions for compressor OFF:

• Engine coolant temperature greater than a programmed high temperature

• Throttle valve at full load (WOT)

When the compressor clutch operation is inhibited, the ECM outputs a load inhibit signal to the A/CCM via the loadinhibit hard wire circuit.

Windshield and Backlight Heaters Control

The ECM can also inhibit the operation of the windshield and backlight heaters to prevent idle instability. When thedriver selects the heaters ON, the A/CCM signals the ECM for permission to switch ON the heaters via the electricalload request hard wire circuit. Depending on the engine operating conditions, the ECM inhibits heater operation byoutputting a load inhibit signal to the A/CCM via the load inhibit hard wire circuit.

Engine conditions for heaters ON:

• Engine not at idle*

• Engine coolant temperature not greater than a programmed high temperature

• Throttle valve less than full load (WOT)

*Engine at idle – There is a momentary delay (approximately 50 ms) before the ECM cancels the load inhibitsignal. This delay allows the ECM to compensate the idle speed for the impending high load.

Engine conditions for heaters inhibited:

• Engine coolant temperature greater than a programmed high temperature

• Throttle valve at full load (WOT)

When the heaters are inhibited, the ECM outputs a load inhibit signal to the A/CCM via the load inhibit hard wire circuit.

NOTES

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 11.5

Page 120: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

11.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 121: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 122: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

AJ V8 Supercharged Engine

The AJ V8 supercharged (SC) engine is essentially mechanically identical to the normally aspirated engine with theexception of the pistons, the cylinder head gaskets and the repositioning of components to allow installation of thesupercharger system. The normally aspirated intake manifold and induction elbow are replaced with unique super-charged components.

The supercharger is an Eaton M112 “Roots Type” unit mounted in the engine vee, driven by a separate poly v-beltfrom the crankshaft. Supercharger lubrication is “filled for life”. If servicing of the lubricant is required, the super-charger must be removed from the engine. The maximum boost pressure is 0.8 bar (11.6 psi).

Intake air flows through a revised mass air flow sensor (MAFS), through the intake duct, the electronic throttle assem-bly and the induction elbow to the supercharger. The AJ26 SC throttle assembly is unchanged from the normallyaspirated system with EGR. The AJ27 SC throttle deletes AAI and adds EGR. A bypass valve attaches to the inductionelbow. From the supercharger, compressed intake air flows through the outlet duct to the individual A and B bank air-to-liquid charge air coolers, then through the A and B bank charge air cooler adapters to the cylinder heads.

NOTES

CONNECTING DUCT ANDCLAMP PLATE

OUTLET DUCT

‘B’ BANKCHARGE AIR COOLER

‘A’ BANKCHARGE AIR COOLER

SUPERCHARGER

VACUUM TAKEOFF

SUPERCHARGER INSTALLATION

T880.96

12.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 123: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

SUPERCHARGED INTAKE SYSTEM

T880.97

M

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

BYPASS VALVE ACTUATOR

BYPASS VALVE

SUPERCHARGER

CHARGE AIR COOLER

COOLANT FLOW

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 12.3

Page 124: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

Supercharger Mechanical Components

Bypass Valve and Actuator

The “butterfly” bypass valve is contained in a housingattached to the induction elbow. The valve is operatedby a vacuum actuator. The valve controls bypass airflow from the charge air coolers to the induction elbowin order to regulate supercharger “boost pressure”. Thevalve is held closed by spring pressure.

With closed (idle) or partially open (cruise) throttle,intake vacuum (between the induction elbow and thesupercharger) acts on the actuator diaphragm to holdthe valve full open to provide maximum superchargerbypass and optimum fuel economy. As the throttle isopened, intake vacuum falls progressively and springforce moves the valve toward closed until the valve isfully closed at full throttle, providing maximum super-charger boost and power.

Outlet Duct

The supercharger outlet duct directs the charge air fromthe supercharger to the two charge air coolers. The fillpoint and connections for the charge air cooler coolantcircuit are integrated into the outlet duct. Vacuumsource is provided for the fuel pressure regulator andfor cruise control. Rubber ducts secured by clampplates connect the outlet duct to the two charge aircoolers.

NOTES

BYPASS VALVE AND ACTUATOR – AJ26

T880.98

THROTTLE INDUCTION ELBOW – AJ27

T880.99

12.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 125: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Charge Air Coolers

Each cylinder bank has a separate charge air cooler assembly. The charge air coolers are fabricated fin and tube air-to-liquid heat exchangers with individual “risers” to supply charge air to each cylinder. The charge air coolers coolthe charge air leaving the supercharger to increase the mass of the air entering the engine. Coolant flow is providedby a separate cooling system with an electric pump under ECM control.

Charge air cooler adapters / fuel railsThe charge air cooler adapters provide the interface between the charge air coolers and the cylinder heads, andincorporate the fuel rails and fuel injector mountings. A crossover pipe connects the fuel rails.

Fuel Injectors

The fuel injectors are high flow units designed for the supercharged engine. They are secured in the fuel rails byspring clips.

NOTES

CHARGE AIR COOLER

GASKET

FUEL RAIL ANDCHARGE AIR COOLER ADAPTER

SUPERCHARGER CHARGE AIR COOLER, ADAPTER AND FUEL RAIL

T880.100

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 12.5

Page 126: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

Supercharger Mechanical Components (continued)

Charge Air Cooler Radiator and Pump

The charge air cooler radiator is mounted ahead of the engine radiator and incorporates a bleed outlet and a purge cock.

NOTES

BLEED OUTLET

PURGE COCK

CHARGE AIR COOLER RADIATOR

T880.101

12.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 127: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Charge Air Cooler Coolant Pump

The charge air cooler coolant pump is activated via arelay under ECM control. During normal conditions,the ECM operates the pump continuously with the igni-tion switched ON.

NOTES

CHARGE AIR COOLER AND PUMP

T880.102

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 12.7

Page 128: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

The supercharged Engine Management System is essentially identical to the normally aspirated system with soft-ware revisions to accommodate the operating characteristics of the supercharged engine. Additional functions foroperating two fuel pumps, the charge air cooler coolant pump, and EGR are included. Variable valve timing and airassisted fuel injection (AJ27) are deleted.

Components / Functions deleted for Supercharged Engine Management:

• Variable valve timing

• Air assisted fuel injection (AJ27)

Components / Functions added for Supercharged Engine Management

• Two fuel pumps

• Charge air cooler coolant pump

• Exhaust gas recirculation

• Second intake air temperature sensor (charge air temperature sensor)

Supercharged EMS Components

Fuel Pumps

Two fuel pumps are used to provide adequate fuel flow during high engine loads. Both pumps are operated by theECM via relays. Operation of fuel pump 1 is identical to the normally aspirated single fuel pump. Diagnostic moni-toring for the N/A single fuel pump remains unchanged. The other warnings and default action differs for the SCpump 1. Fuel pump 2 is switched by the ECM as determined by engine operating conditions. Refer to page 6.5 forfuel pump details.

NOTES

12.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 129: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 (IATS 2)

A separate intake air temperature sensor (IATS 2), locat-ed on the A bank charge air cooler outlet, provides theECM with a “charge air” temperature signal.

As with previous air temperature sensors, the IATS 2 is anegative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor.Charge air temperature is determined by the ECM by achange in sensor resistance. The ECM applies 5 volts tothe sensor and monitors the voltage across the pins todetect the varying resistance.

The IATS located within the MAFS remains active in thesystem and is used for diagnostic purposes.

IATS air temperature / resistance / voltage

Temperature Resistance Voltage°C °F

- 40 - 40 53.1kΩ 4.75

- 30 - 22 28.6kΩ 4.57

- 20 - 4 16.2kΩ 4.29

-10 14 9.6kΩ 3.90

0 32 5.9kΩ 3.43

10 50 3.7kΩ 2.89

20 68 2.4kΩ 2.38

30 86 1.7kΩ 1.93

40 104 1.1kΩ 1.45

50 122 810Ω 1.15

60 140 580Ω 0.88

70 158 430Ω 0.69

80 176 320Ω 0.53

90 194 240Ω 0.41

100 212 190Ω 0.33

110 230 150Ω 0.26

120 248 120Ω 0.21

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS)

On supercharged engines, the ECTS is relocated toaccommodate the supercharger installation.

CHARGE AIR COOLER IATS 2

T880.103

ECTS – AJ V8 SUPERCHARGED

T880.104

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 12.9

Page 130: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

Exhaust Gas Recirculation – AJ26

The AJ26 SC EMS uses the same EGR system as earlyproduction naturally aspirated engines.

Exhaust gas recirculation lowers combustion tempera-ture, which in turn reduces NOx exhaust emission.EGR is controlled by the ECM from a map that factorsengine operating conditions such as engine load andspeed, throttle position, and coolant temperature.

The EGR valve is mounted directly to the intake airinduction elbow and connects to the A bank exhaustmanifold by a transfer pipe. The EGR valve contains afour-pole stepper motor (60 step), which is driven bythe ECM. Engine coolant returning from the throttleassembly is channeled through the valve to providecooling.

NOTES

EGR VALVE – AJ26

T880.105

12.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 131: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

Exhaust Gas Recirculation – AJ27

The AJ27 SC EGR system provides increased exhaust gasflow over the AJ26 SC system. ECM control is enhancedby an EGR flow monitoring feedback signal.

Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (MAPS)

AJ27 EGR systems include a MAP sensor, which enablesthe ECM to monitor EGR gas flow into the intake mani-fold. When the EGR valve opens to allow exhaust gasflow into the throttle elbow, the intake manifold abso-lute pressure will drop directly proportional to theamount the valve is open. The ECM applies 5 volts tothe MAP sensor, which produces a linear output volt-age signal to the ECM.

NOTES

COOLANT PIPES

TRANSFER PIPEEGR VALVE

EGR VALVE – AJ27

T880.106

3.96

1.2

0.20 bar5.9 in. hg.

VO

LTA

GE

1.12 bar33.07 in. hg.ABSOLUTE PRESSURE

MAP SENSOR CHARACTERISTIC – AJ27

T880.107

MAP SENSOR – AJ27

T880.108

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 12.11

Page 132: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 / AJ27 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSService Training

12.12 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 133: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

AJ26 / AJ27ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Service Training Course 881DATE OF ISSUE: 9/2001

AJ26/27

1 AJ26 / AJ27 OVERVIEW

2 CONTROL SUMMARIES

3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULES

4 EMS PRIMARY SENSING COMPONENTS

5 INDUCTION AIR THROTTLE CONTROL

6 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

7 FUEL INJECTION

8 IGNITION

9 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING

10 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):NORMALLY ASPIRATED

11 OTHER ECM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

12 AJ26 / AJ27 SUPERCHARGED EMS

13 TASK SHEETS

Page 134: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 135: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

Name:_______________________ Date:____________ Vehicle/VIN__________________

Perform procedure with parking brake on & exhaust extraction hoses connected.

1. Reference the correct Electrical Guide, identify and mark the pin numbers and wire col-ors for each VVT circuit per cylinder bank.

Bank B= ________________________________ Bank A = ____________________________

2. Using a DVOM capable of measuring frequency, set the meter to DC volts - Hz.

3. Back probe the red lead of the meter to one VVT control circuit at the ECM.

4. With the key on engine off, check and record the signal frequency: ________________.Is it a fixed frequency?: Yes [ ] No [ ]

5. Start engine and allow to idle. Switch the DVOM to duty cycle, what is the value?:_________

6. Increase the engine speed to 2500 RPM. What is the value?: _____________

7. Switch the engine off, measure the resistance (Ω) of each solenoid: _______________

“continued”

AJ27 - VVT System

EM80 EM81 EM82 EM83 EM84

EM85

EM80 EM81 EM82

EM83 EM84 EM85

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22

12 11 10 9 8 7

6 5 4 3 2 1

17 16 15 14 13

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

22 21 20 19 18 17 16

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6

Page 136: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

8. Reference the correct DTC Summary Guide. List the DTCs that identify VVT system malfunction.

9. When the identified DTCs are stored, what is the default action of the ECM for each DTC.

10. List the possible malfunctions associated with each DTC.

Instructor Check: ____________________________

AJ27 - VVT System (Page 2)

Page 137: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

Name:_______________________ Date:____________ Vehicle/VIN__________________

Perform procedure with parking brake on & exhaust extraction hoses connected.

Tools needed: Fuel pressure gauge and Vacuum gauge

1. Depressurize Fuel Rail. Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail and check for leaks. Install a vacuum gauge with T fitting to the vacuum supply at the fuel pressure regulator.

2. Key on. What is the displayed fuel pressure: _______________bar (psi)

3. Start engine and idle. What is the displayed fuel pressure: ________________bar (psi).

4. Quickly step on the accelerator pedal and release.

• What is the max fuel pressure: _______bar (psi). • What is the vacuum gauge positive pressure reading: ________________• What causes the pressure increases:

5. With the engine running, disconnect the vacuum hose from fuel pressure regulator, What is the pressure value: ____________bar (psi)

6. Switch the ignition off. Observe the pressure gauge reading and describe what happens to the pressure value after 1 minute. _______________. Is this normal, [ ] Yes, [ ] No.

Instructor Check: ______________________

AJ27 SC - Fuel Pressure Testing & SC Boost Demo

Page 138: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 139: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

AJ27 - Air Assist Close Valve

Name:_______________________ Date:____________ Vehicle/VIN__________________

Perform procedure with parking brake on & exhaust extraction hoses connected.

1. Locate and identify the AAIC valve on the engine. What is it’s functional purpose:

2. Reference the correct Electrical Guide, identify and mark the pin numbers and wire col-ors for the AAIC valve.

Power = _______________ Ground = ________________ Control = _______________

3. Using a DVOM capable of measuring frequency, set the meter to DC volts - Hz.

4. Connect the meter to the AAIC control circuit pin and to ground at the ECM.

5. With the key on engine off, check and record the signal frequency: ________________.Is it a fixed frequency: Yes [ ] No [ ]

6. (Simulated Cold Engine) Start the engine and monitor the engine temperature.Check and record the monitored frequency of the AAIC control signal ____________Hz.Is it a fixed frequency: Yes [ ] No [ ]

7. Start engine and allow to idle. What is the displayed duty cycle? _____________________

8. Increase the engine speed to 2500 RPM. What is the displayed duty cycle? ___________

9. Measure the voltage at the control circuit pin: _________________

“Continued on Back”

EM80 EM81 EM82 EM83 EM84

EM85

EM80 EM81 EM82

EM83 EM84 EM85

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22

12 11 10 9 8 7

6 5 4 3 2 1

17 16 15 14 13

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

22 21 20 19 18 17 16

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6

Page 140: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

10. (Simulate Warm Engine) Check and record the monitored frequency of the AAIC control signal ____________Hz. Is it a fixed frequency: Yes [ ] No [ ]

11. Increase the engine speed to 2500 RPM. What is the displayed duty cycle_________

12. Measure the voltage at the control circuit pin: __________________________________

13. Switch engine off. What is the resistance value of the AAI __________

14 Reference the correct DTC Summary Guide. List the DTCs that identify AAI system malfunction.

15. When the identified DTCs are stored, what is the default action of the ECM for each DTC.

16. List the possible malfunctions associated with each DTC.

Instructor Check: ____________________________

AJ27 - Air Assist Close Valve (Page 2)

Page 141: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

AJ27 - DTC Summaries

Name:_______________________ Date:____________ Vehicle/VIN__________________

1. What does P1000 and P1111 identify.

2. What is system readiness. _____________________________________________________.

3. How can system readiness information help you diagnose a vehicle that has an emis-sion related DTC stored in memory.

4. Elaborate on DTC P1250.

• Is it an OBD II Fault: Yes [ ] No [ ]

• Will the Check Engine Light illuminate when this fault is stored: Yes [ ] No [ ]

•Does the ECM require two trips with the fault present to store this DTC: Yes [ ] No [ ]

•Will any messages be displayed in the Instrument Cluster with this DTC: Yes [ ] No [ ]

•If “Yes” please list the messages.

5. Referring to the correct Wiring Guide, list the pin numbers and wire colors for the fol-lowing components/signals:

•CCV:_______________________________________________________________________

•FTPS:______________________________________________________________________

•MAFS:______________________________________________________________________

•EOT:_______________________________________________________________________

•ECT:_______________________________________________________________________

•CKPS:______________________________________________________________________

•CMPS:____________________________________________________________________

Instructor Check:

Page 142: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 143: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

AJ27 - Component Monitoring

Name:_______________________ Date:____________ Vehicle/VIN__________________

Perform procedure with parking brake on & exhaust extraction hoses connected.

1. Using the correct Wiring Guide, identify the component acronyms, their pin numbers and wire colors at the ECM for the components listed in the table below.

2. Use connector illustration to help locate the pins at the ECM when measuring signal.

3. Make sure meter is in appropriate setting (DC or AC). Using an approved probe adapter, back probe the correct pin to monitor the signal on the DVOM. Record the displayed values at the given engine speeds and note the signal voltage type (DC or AC).

Instructor Check: _______________________

Table 1:

Component Reading @ IdleReading @ 2000

RPM Reading @ 3000

RPM

MAFS =

CMPS (A) =

CMPS (B) =

ECTS =

EOTS =

IATS =

PPS1 =

PPS2 =

TPS1 =

TPS2 =

EM80 EM81 EM82 EM83 EM84

EM85

EM80 EM81 EM82

EM83 EM84 EM85

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22

12 11 10 9 8 7

6 5 4 3 2 1

17 16 15 14 13

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

22 21 20 19 18 17 16

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6

Page 144: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 145: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

Evaporative System Leak Testing

Name:_______________________ Date:____________ Vehicle/VIN__________________

Refer to TSB 05.1.29 This bulletin was issued for the 1996/97 MY Sedan vehicles. The procedure is valid for all Jaguar vehicles including current production.

Note: The S-TYPE fuel cap is of a different design than all other Jaguar models and requires a unique filler cap adapter. (Ask your instructor for further information)

Customer Complaint = Check engine light on! Technician has connected connect PDU to vehicle and checked logged DTC(s). A DTC for a small evaporative system leak was logged.

1. Reference the DTC summary guide. What is the specific DTC for the vehicle you are cur-rently working on? _____________.

2. List the probable causes for this logged DTC. _____________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

3. Follow the procedure as directed in TSB 05.1.29. Note progress and self recognized tips to help you perform this procedure easier at the dealership.

Instructor Check:

Page 146: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 147: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 N/A ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 1 – 1998 MY XK8

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(CONTINUED FIG 04.2)

EM10-28

Y

EM10-26

B+

EM10-12

EM10-27

EM10-13

EM10-25

EM12-12

B

SN

BPBYBY

R

GYUP

BGBYBG

GUYUW

BGUW

BKB

EM11-8

G

Y

G

O

K

EM13-2

W

EM11-3

P

C

C

C

C

D

D

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

ECM PROGRAMMING

ECM PROGRAMMING

EM14-7

BBB

O

BG

EM15-1

PNPUPS

EM15-2

EM15-3

EM15-11

RYRG

B

EM15-8

EM15-9

EM14-8

EM14-9

EM13-17

EM13-18

EM13-20

EM13-27

EM13-29

EM12-13

EM12-15

EM12-18

EM12-19

EM12-22

EM11-9

EM11-10

EM11-12

EM11-13

EM11-14

EM10-22

EM10-23

EM10-21

EM10-20

PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2

UPSTREAMHEATED OXYGEN SENSORS

-2 -1 EM24EM21 EM23 -2 -1-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1 EM22

MASSAIR FLOWSENSOR

CRANKSHAFTPOSITIONSENSOR

EVAPORATIVEEMISSIONCONTROL

VALVE

PI35 -5 -2 -1

PI17 -1 -2

EM58 -1-2 PI4 -2 -1-3-4

ENGINECOOLANT

TEMP.SENSOR

KNOCKSENSORS

DOWNSTREAMOXYGEN SENSORS

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

CAMSHAFTPOSITIONSENSOR

PI15 -1 -2

VARIABLEVALVE TIMING

SOLENOID VALVES

EL2-1

A B

VACUUMSWITCHING

VALVES

1

EM10-16

PK01.1EMS CONTROL RELAY

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) O

BY

GY

WU

BG

UP

B O Y P S BR

D

N BR

D

BY

GY

BG

UP

BY

BR

D

U BR

D

B O

BR

D

-3

Y P

BR

D

BY

BY

A

EM13-19 Y

EM13-28 P

UY

BG

υ

UY

S

BR

D

N

BR

D

BR

D

WU

RG

WU

PN

RY

WP

OKEM13-4

RGEM11-7

EM10-1

WR

EM14-3

WREM10-9

NO74 B+

B+

WY

ECM AND TCMCOOLING FAN

B

B

N BR

D

R BR

DP

U

WP

G BR

DP

S

WP

GEM12-14

NEM12-16UEM12-17

EM2AL(EMIAL)

EMS43

PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2

EM14-2

GY

EM13-14

GR

GY

GYEM14-1

O

NG

WP

78

THROTTLE MOTORPOWER RELAY

UW

EM14-4 BK

BEM14-10

EM15-12 B

EM15-22 B

UEM11-11

REM11-15KEM11-16

EM14-5 R

EM14-6 R

GEM14-11GEM14-12

BG BGBGBG

RG

RG

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

THROTTLEMOTOR

PEDAL POSITION ANDMECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

K UW

WR

R BY

BG U UW

BG GB

RD

BR

D

PYEM13-13

RWEM13-12

PWEM13-11

PYRWPW

EL3-1

2

WR

EL4

3

B

EL2-2 EL3-2

EM10-10

US

EM10-15

G

EM10-14

OU

6II

7II

BRAKE SWITCH(LHD)

BRAKE SWITCH(RHD)

I

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

US

OU

US

GB

GB

WO

WO

05.1PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

I

I

λ

B

λ

A

λ

B

λ

A

AC26-4 AC26-1

FCS35

EMS38EM1BR(EM2BR)

EMS37 EMS36BBBK EM1AL

(EM2AL)EM1AR(EM2AR)

B+

B+

ELS1

EM2AR(EM1AR)

BB

BEMS31

EL1-5

-1 -2

PI42-5

PI33-1

PI42-3

PI42-1

PI42-4

PI42-2

PI33-2

PIS10

PI2-7

PI2-6EMS19

EMS18

EMS9

EMS1

EMS2

EM64-2 EM64-1

AC24-4 AC24-1

EM1-8

EM2-13FC19

ACS16

US

AC13-3

EMS20

EM10-17

Y03.1SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

EM10-6

O03.1O.K. TO START

EM11-6

GO03.1ENGINE CRANK I

D

D

EL1-3

EL1-2

EL1-4

EMS8

PI1-6 PIS1

PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31

PI1-16

-25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1

PI1-27

EMS3

PIS9

BRD

PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

S W S W

EM10-5

WK B+36II

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

PI6 -3 -4 -2-1

BIATS

υ

O

ELS1 – LHD COUPE ANDRHD CONVERTIBLE ONLY.

D

D

B

B

US

US

PEDALPOSITION

MECHANICALGUARD

+

+

EM16

3

1

5

2

R W R W U W U WU W U WB B B B

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

UW

BG

-14

FUEL TANKPRESSURE

SENSOR

CANISTERCLOSEVALVE

BT5 -1 -2LF52 -1 -2

RG

OK

WU

BG

UW

-4 BT2 -5

RG

BG

UW

-3

EM1-9

EM1-4

EM1-10

RGUW

BG RH1-9

RH1-10

RH1-8

LF40-5

OK

55E

39E

40E

53E

42E

43E

47E

48E

49E

46E

50E

51E

44E

EM2 -17 -16

WG

UR

NOTUSED

08.1 NOTUSED14

II

-3

Page 148: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 149: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 N/A ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 2 – 1998 MY XK8

SR

WU SP

RLG

EM1-13

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

EM10-2

EM12-5

EM13-3

UBWUWSP

RYSGSLGYWWU

SGWUSR

PGUNULGUG

EM11-1

LGOLGK

EM15-4

BWBYBO

EM15-5

EM15-6

EM15-7

BGBPBU

EM15-15

EM15-16

EM13-15

EM13-16

EM13-22

EM13-23

EM13-24

EM12-6

EM12-8

EM12-9

EM12-10

EM11-4

EM11-5

EM10-3

EM10-4

EM10-11

LGULGW

LGRLGY

EM13-25

EM13-26

EM13-31

EM13-32

LGPLGSEM13-33

EM13-34

EM15-17BSBN

EM15-18

PI18-2 -1

GU

BR

PI7-2 -1

FUEL INJECTORS

IGNITION COILS

BU

PW

PI23-2 -1

GS

PW

PI21-2 -1

GW

PW

PI22-2 -1

GB

PW

PI19-2 -1

GR

PW

PI20-2 -1

GO

PW

PI25-2 -1

GP

PW

IGNITION COILRELAY

EM27-10

PI1-40 PI1-42 I1-39

EM29-10

PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43

IGNITIONMODULE 1

IGNITIONMODULE 2

1A 2B A 1B 2A 3A 4B

WP

NW

BR

PI8-2 -1

BN

BR

PI9-2 -1

BG

BR

PI10-2 -1

BW

BR

PI11-2 -1

BS

BR

PI12-2 -1

BY

BR

PI13-2 -1

BO

BR

PI14-2 -1

BP

1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B

76

37II

81

1A 2B 4A 1B 2A 4B3A

EM13-1 KN

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

TRUNK FUSE BOX

FUEL INJECTIONRELAY

#7 20A

3

1

5

2

1

26II

KN

FUEL PUMP

NY

B

W

FUEL TANK

560 Ω 560 Ω

12II

WG

SP

WU

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

DIMMER OVERRIDE

ON / OFF

BRAKE CANCELSWITCH (LHD)

BRAKE CANCELSWITCH (RHD)

WU

WU

PG

PG

AC26-2 AC26-3

AC24-2 AC24-3

ACS22

WUAC13-16 ACS14

PG

10.2

WU

680 Ω

430 Ω

680 Ω

430 Ω

DECEL

SET / ACCEL

CANCEL

RESUME

STEERING WHEEL

SR

SG

BO

CASSETTE

BK

CASSETTE

FC63-10

FC63-7

FC63-9

FC63-8

SW3-3

SW3-1

SW3-4

SW3-2 SWS1

SW1-4

SW1-3

SW1-6

SW2-4

SW2-3

SW2-6

SR

SG

BO

BO

BOSG

BO

FCS48

FC3BL

SC3-4

SC3-3

SC3-12

LF9-9

LF9-2

LF9-3

LF9-8

LF9-7

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

AC4-7

RLGUBUNULGUG

AC3-1

AC4-9

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

WP

NLG 77

AC4-17

AC1-1

RLG

RY

EM3-1

EM3-2

CAUTION!: THE STEERING WHEEL CONTAINS TWO LOGIC GROUNDCIRCUITS THAT MUST REMAIN SEPARATE. DO NOT CONNECT ORCROSS-SWITCH THE BO AND BK CIRCUITS.

FCS71

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

WU20 BAR

REFRIGERANT4-WAY PRESSURE

SWITCH

2–30 BAR

LF57-1

LF57-4

LF57-5

P

LF57-2

WU

LF2BL

BKLFS25

BK

BK

BK

BK

UB UB

LF57-3

YW

LF9-5

LF9-1

70

OG

NG

WUW

OY

WU

B

NLG

RAD N CONTROLODULE

RH R FAN

LH R FAN

B

LF2AL

LF2AR

W

WU

69

LF40-6

LF40-7

EM2-9 EM3-6 EM3-3 EM3-4

RH1-11

BT2-6

AC13-15

BT11-1

BT11-10

BT55-2

BT55-1

B

BT2AL

NY

KN

KN PG

PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38

PIS5 PI1-53

EMS22

PW

PWPW

PWPW

GU

GS

GW

GB

GR

GO

GP

EM27-11

EM29-12

EM29-7

EM27-7

EM29-11

EM27-8

EM29-8

EM27-2

EM29-2

EM27-3

EM29-5

EM29-3

EM29-6

EM27-1

EM29-1

RLGUBUNULGUG

EM2-12

EM2-14

EM2-6

AC13-9

AC12-19

AC12-14

AC12-13RLG

UB

EMS26

PI36-1PI1-13

LF3-6

LF40-9

RLG RLG B

NY

WK B

BRPI2-5 PIS2

BR

BEMS31

EM2AR(EM1AR)

EM1-3 AC12-12

WU

YW

OG

OYLG

U

LGS

LGP

LGW

LGO

LGY

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

O

CASSETTE

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

NOTE: ECM POWER SUPPLIES AND GROUNDS SHOWN ON FIG 04.1.

NOTE: REFER TO FIGURES 07.1AND 07.2 FOR COMPLETE A/CCIRCUITS.

LF40-11

12 BARYW

LF12-2LF12-1

LF13-1LF13-2

EM26

5

2

3

1

EM17

5

2

3

1

EM5

3

1

5

2

EM29-9

EM27-9

B B

EMS31

EM2AR(EM1AR)

UB

45E

54E

52E

PI24-2 -1

GK

PW

PI1-41 P

3B 4

3B

IATOR FARELAY M

RADIATO

RADIATO

GK

EM27-12

EM27-6

EM27-5

LGR

LGK

Page 150: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 151: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 SC ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 1 – 1999 MY XKR

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(CONTINUED FIG 04.5)

EM10-28

Y

EM10-26

B+

EM10-12

EM10-27

EM10-13

EM10-25

EM12-12

B

SN

BPBYBY

R

GYUP

BGBYBG

GUYUW

BGUW

BKB

EM11-8

G

Y

G

O

K

EM13-2

W

EM11-3

P

C

C

C

C

D

D

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

ECM PROGRAMMING

ECM PROGRAMMING

EM14-7

BBB

O

BG

EM15-1

PNPUPS

EM15-2

EM15-3

EM15-11 B

EM14-8

EM14-9

EM13-17

EM13-18

EM13-20

EM13-27

EM13-29

EM12-13

EM12-15

EM12-18

EM12-19

EM12-22

EM11-9

EM11-10

EM11-12

EM11-13

EM11-14

EM10-22

EM10-23

EM10-21

EM10-20

PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2

HO2S

-2 -1 EM24EM21 EM23 -2 -1-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1 EM22

MAFS CKPSEVAPP

PI35 -5 -2 -1

PI17 -2 -1

LF58 -1-2 PI4 -2 -1-3-4

ECTSKS

TPS/2

CMPS

PI15 -2 -1

EL2-1

VACUUMSWITCHING

VALVES

1

EM10-16

PK01.1EMS CONTROL RELAY

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) O

BY

GY

WU

BG

UP

B O Y P S BR

D

N BR

D

BY

GY

UP

BY

BR

D

U BR

D

B O

BR

D

Y P

BR

D

BY

BY

A

EM13-19 Y

EM13-28 P

UY

BG

υ

UY

S

BR

D

N

BR

D

BR

D

PN

WP

OKEM13-4

RGEM11-7

EM10-1

WR

EM14-3

WREM10-9

NO79 B+

B+

WY

ECM AND TCMCOOLING FAN

B

B

N BR

D

R BR

DP

U WP

G BR

DP

S WP

GEM12-14

NEM12-16UEM12-17

EM2AL(EMIAL)

EMS43

EM14-2

GY

EM13-14

GR

GY

GYEM14-1

O

NG

WP

82

THROTTLE MOTORPOWER RELAY

UW

EM14-4 BK

BEM14-10

EM15-12 B

EM15-22 B

UEM11-11

REM11-15KEM11-16

EM14-5 R

EM14-6 R

GEM14-11GEM14-12

BG BG

BGBG

RG

RG

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

THROTTLEMOTOR

PEDAL POSITION ANDMECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

K UW

WR

R BY

BG U UW

BG GB

RD

BR

D

PYEM13-13

RWEM13-12

PWEM13-11

PYRWPW

EL3-1

2

WR

EL4

3

B

EL2-2 EL3-2

EM10-10

US

EM10-15

G

EM10-14

OU

6II

BRAKE SWITCH

I

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

US

OU

USGBWO

05.2PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

I

I

λ

B

λ

A

FCS35

EMS38EM1BR(EM2BR)

EMS37 EMS36BBBK EM1AL

(EM2AL)EM1AR(EM2AR)

B+

B+

EM2AR(EM1AR)

BB

EMS31

EL1-5

-1 -2

PI42-5

PI33-1

PI42-3

PI42-1

PI42-4

PI42-2

PI33-2

PIS10

PI2-7

PI2-6

EMS19

EMS18

EMS9

EMS1

EMS2

EM64-2 EM64-1

AC24-4 AC24-1 EM1-8

EM2-13FC19

AC13-3

EMS20

EM10-17

Y03.2SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

EM10-6

O03.2O.K. TO START

EM11-6

GO03.2ENGINE CRANK I

D

D

EL1-3

EL1-2

EL1-4

EMS8

PI1-6

PIS1

PI1 -56 -54 -52 -57-31 -25 PI1 -26 -24 -22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1

EMS3

PIS9

BRD

PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

S W S W

EM10-5

WK B+

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

PI6 -3 -4 -2-1

BIATS

υ

D

D

B US

MECHANICALGUARD

+

+

EM16

3

1

5

2

R W R W U W U WB B B B

O

O

O

O

I

I

UW

BG

-14

FT2 -1 -2BT14 -1 -2

RG

OK

WU

BG

UW

-2 FT1 -1

RG

BG

UW

-3

EM1-9

EM1-4

EM1-10

RGUW

BG RH1-9

RH1-10

RH1-8

BT1-6

OK

NOTUSED

NOTUSED

NOTUSED

-3PI34 -1-4 -3-6

YR

WP

WP

YU

YN

YG

-2 -5

YR

YU

YN

YG

YREM12-4

YNEM12-3

YGEM12-2

YUEM12-1

-8 PI1 -9 -10 -7

NOT USED

BG

EM12-7 UPI

BG

PI3 -2 -1

IATS2

BG

UP

υ

UP

PI1 -15

LF3 -8

PN

UW

O

E60

E42

E43

39II

E55

E44

E45

ELS1

B

ELS1: CRUISE CONTROLVEHICLES ONLY.

H H

TPS/1 PPS/1 PPS/2

BGRGUW

BT2-4

BT2-5

BT2-3

EM3-7 RH2-18

OK OK

E52

E53

E50E

47E

51E

59E

58

KSHO2S

O

THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR

Page 152: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 153: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ26 SC ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 2 – 1999 MY XKR

BR

BU

BR

BN

BR

BG

BR

BW

BR

BR

BR

BR

BS

BY

BO

BP

WB

BR BR

SR

WU SP

RLG

AC13-9

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

EM10-2

EM12-5

EM13-3

UBWUW

SP

RYSGSLGYWWU

SGWUSR

PGUNULGUG

EM11-1

LGOLGK

EM15-4

BWBYBO

EM15-5

EM15-6

EM15-7

BGBPBU

EM15-15

EM15-16

EM13-15

EM13-16

EM13-22

EM13-23

EM13-24

EM12-6

EM12-8

EM12-9

EM12-10

EM11-4

EM11-5

EM10-3

EM10-4

EM10-11

LGULGW

LGRLGY

EM13-25

EM13-26

EM13-31

EM13-32

LGPLGSEM13-33

EM13-34

EM15-17BSBN

EM15-18

PI18-2 -1

GU

IJ3-2 -1

FUEL INJECTORS

IGNITION COILS

PW

PI23-2 -1

GS

PW

PI24-2 -1

GK

PW

PI21-2 -1

GW

PW

PI22-2 -1

GB

PW

PI19-2 -1

GR

PW

PI20-2 -1

GO

PW

PI25-2 -1

GP

PW

IGNITION COILRELAY

EM27-10

PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39

EM29-10

PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43

IGNITIONMODULE 1

IGNITIONMODULE 2

1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B

WP

NW

IJ4-2 -1 IJ5-2 -1 IJ6-2 -1 IJ7-2 -1 IJ8-2 -1 IJ9-2 -1 IJ10-2 -1

1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B

80

40II

85

1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 4B3A

EM13-1 KN

FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY (#4)

TRUNK FUSE BOX

FUEL INJECTIONRELAY

#7 20A

3

1

5

2

1

28II

KN

FUELPUMP 1

NY

FUEL TANK

270 Ω 510 Ω

12II

WG

SP

WU

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

DIMMER OVERRIDE

ON / OFF

BRAKE CANCELSWITCH

WU

10.2

680 Ω

430 Ω

680 Ω

430 Ω

DECEL

SET ACCEL

CANCEL

RESUME

STEERING WHEEL

SR

SG

BO

CASSETTE

BK

CASSETTE

FC63-10

FC63-7

FC63-9

FC63-8

SW3-3

SW3-1

SW3-4

SW3-2 SWS1

SW1-4

SW1-3

SW1-6

SW2-4

SW2-3

SW2-6

SR

SG

BO

BO

BOSG

BO

FCS48

FC3BL

SC3-4

SC3-3

SC3-12

LF9-9

LF9-2

LF9-3

LF9-8

LF9-7

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

WP

NLG 81RLG

RY

EM3-1

EM3-2

CAUTION!: THE STEERING WHEEL CONTAINS TWO LOGIC GROUNDCIRCUITS THAT MUST REMAIN SEPARATE. DO NOT CONNECT ORCROSS-SWITCH THE BO AND BK CIRCUITS.

FCS71

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

WU20 BAR

REFRIGERANT4-WAY PRESSURE

SWITCH

2–30 BAR

LF57-1

LF57-4

LF57-5

P

LF57-2

LF2BL

BK

BK

UB

LF57-3

LF9-5

LF9-1

71

OG

NG

WUW

OY

WU

B

NLG

RADIATOR FAN CONTROLRELAY MODULE

LH RADIATOR FAN

RH RADIATOR FAN

B

LF2AL

LF2AR

70

EM2-9

EM3-6

EM3-3

EM3-4

RH1-11

BT2-6

BT11-1

BT11-10

FT1-4

FT1-5

B

BT2AL

NY

KN

PG

PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38

PIS5

PI1-53

EMS22

PW

PW

PW

PWPW

GU

GS

GK

GW

GB

GR

GO

GP

EM27-11

EM29-12

EM27-12

EM29-7

EM27-7

EM29-11

EM27-8

EM29-8

EM27-2

EM29-2

EM27-3

EM29-5

EM27-6

EM29-3

EM27-5

EM29-6

EM27-1

EM29-1

AC12-19

AC12-14

AC12-13RLG

UB

EMS26

PI36-1PI1-13

LF3-6

LF40-9

RLG RLG BNY

WK BPI2-5 IJS2

BEMS31

EM2AR(EM1AR)

AC12-12

WU

YWOY

OG

LGU

LGS

LGR

LGK LG

P

LGW

LGO

LGY

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

O CASSETTE

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

NOTE: ECM POWER SUPPLIES ANDGROUNDS SHOWN ON FIG 04.4.

NOTE: REFER TO FIGURES 07.1AND 07.2 FOR COMPLETE A/CCIRCUITS.

LF40-11

12 BARYW

LF13-1LF13-2

LF12-2LF12-1

EM29-9

EM27-9

UB

AC24-3 AC24-2

EM13-9 KWO

KN

EM2-15

RH2-15

BT2-15

KW

KW

FUELPUMP 2

FT1-8

FT1-10

B

UW

BTS50

B

PIS2 IJ2-1

IJ1-1

IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5

BR

BR

BR

BRIJS1

EM13-10O RY

INTERCOOLERPUMP RELAY

B

NW 75

RY

EM26

5

2

3

1

INTERCOOLERPUMP

B

EM2AR(EM1AR)

WBEM75-1EM75-2

EMS31

WUW

LF40-7

LF40-6

RLG

AC4-7

AC3-1

AC4-9

AC4-17

AC1-1

UBUNULGUG

BU

BN

BG

BW

BS

BY

BO

BP

FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY

68

24II

KW

UW

WG

NW

EM5

3

1

5

2

BK

RG

WU

UB

YW

EM1-13

EM2-12

EM2-14

EM2-6

EM1-3

RLGUBUNULGUG

EM31

5

1

3

2

B

B

PG PG WUAC13-15 AC13-16

B

9II

BT51

3

1

5

2

FT3-2

FT3-1

FT3-4

FT3-3

E46

E56

E54

EM17

5

2

3

1

Page 154: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 155: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ27 N/A ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 1 – 2001 MY XJ8

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(CONTINUED FIG 04.2)

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

ECM PROGRAMMING

ECM PROGRAMMING

HO2SUPSTREAM

MAFSCKPS ECTSKSCMPS

EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ECM AND TCMCOOLING FAN

THROTTLE MOTORPOWER RELAY

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

THROTTLEMOTOR

BRAKE SWITCH

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

O.K. TO START

ENGINE CRANK

IATS

FTPS**CCV**

EOTS

HO2SDOWNSTREAM

O2S HEATERSRELAY

EVAPPVVT

SOLENOID VALVES*** CMPS KS

APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE INERTIASWITCH IS ACTIVATED

AIR ASSISTCLOSE VALVE

EMS21: ADAPTIVE DAMPING ONLY.

NOTES:

* EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES HAVEWIRE COLOR CODES THAT ARE DIFFERENTFROM THAT SHOWN. USE CONNECTORPIN NUMBERS FOR WIRE IDENTIFICATION.

** CCV, FTPS AND ASSOCIATEDWIRING – NAS VEHICLES ONLY.

*** VVT AND ASSOCIATED WIRING – NOT FITTED TO 3.2 L ENGINES.

SHIELDING SHOWN AS DASHEDLINES ARE BRAIDED WIRES.

BK

EM83-25

Y

EM83-16

B+

EM80-18

EM83-24

EM80-17

EM83-15

EM82-04

BW

BGBR

UY

Y

N*R

G

RGO*

B*RG

RW

YG

EM81-02

G

Y

G

O

W

EM80-19

W

EM80-27

U

C

C

C

D

D

21.2

21.2

21.2

21.2

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

UY

B

BW

EM85-01UYRU

EM85-02WGEM85-08

EM84-15

EM83-12

EM83-13

EM83-26

EM83-27

EM83-18

EM82-05

EM82-10

EM82-14

EM81-07

EM81-09

EM81-18

EM81-16

EM81-19

EM80-15

PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1

PI35 -2 -3 -1PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 -4-5

PI15 -2 -1

EM81-03

U01.1 O

BW

GW

WU

BG

O

BW

GW

BG

OBW

BW

BW

EM83-21 N*

EM83-28 GW

UY

BG

υ

UY

NEM83-09

OYEM81-01

EM81-17

WR

EM82-13

WR

EM83-20

NR80 B+

B+

W U

BGEM82-07

OEM82-17

G*EM82-11

EM80-09

GW

EM82-06

GR

GW

GWEM80-08

O

NG

WU

84

EM83-06 BG

N*EM81-10

BGEM81-24

EM84-07 U

NEM83-22

OYEM83-05

GEM83-19

EM82-08

OG

EM81-12

RU

EM81-22

OY

11II

OG

OY

OG

WU

05.1

I

I

BA

CAS81

EMS36

EM8L

EMS38 EMS37BBBKEM16R EM16L

B+

B+

PI33-2

PI33-1

PIS10

EM66-2 EM66-1

CC40-4

CC40-1

LF3-1

EM53-11CC11-1

CA19-16

EMS20

EM82-16

Y03.1

EM82-15

W03.1

EM82-02

GO03.1 I

D

PI1 -54 -56 -52 -57-31

-5 PI1

EM82-09

W B+46II

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

υ

D

D

OG

+

+

FP1 -3 -2CV1 -2 -1

WU

OY

BG

-1

PI16 -1 -2

A B

PI38 -1 -2

YG

BG

υ

YG

-9 PI2

EM22 EM24-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1

λ

B

λ

AA B

WG

B

85NG

WU

EM16L

B

EMS37

GUEM80-02

UYEM80-01

OGEM81-06

REM80-07

REM80-06

GEM80-05

GEM80-04

R G

EM80-29BKEM81-21BEM80-03BEM80-21BEM80-31BEM85-07BEM81-08BEM84-01BEM84-16BEM84-22BEM85-06

EM82-01 OY

EM39 -1-2

A B

RW

OG

RG

UY

OY

WU

PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2

PI2-10

OEM83-17

EM83-07 P

EM83-08 Y

EM83-14 N*

EM83-23 N

BGBG

BG

OY

BG

PI2-8

EM85-05O

6II EM82-12

GU I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

EMS18

EMS19

EMS46

EMS1

EMS2

PIS1

RG

OY

BG

RG

OY

BG

RG

OY

BG

RG

OY

BG

RG

BT5 -3 -2 -1

BT4 -35 -48 -34

FC1 -34 -30 -35

EM3 -9 -12 -8

GU O OCV2-3FC1-45EM2-18

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

BK

EM8L

WU

RU

BK

BK

EMS36

PI2-11

PI29-3

PI2-13

G

PI1-6

BG

RUEM83-03O

PI29-1

PI29-2

PI2-7 PI2-6

U U

PI1-27

PI1-16

E56

E55

R

E63

E52

E53

OGOGOGLFS1 EMS21EM1-1

EM49

3

1

5

2

E59

E57

E54

E62

EM75

3

1

5

2

I

B OY P N*

W

N

W

W

B O

W

Y PW N*

NW

-25 PI1 -26 -24-22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1

G NW

G NW

-1 PI2 -3 -2

W W

Y*

N

W

Y*W

WW

R RU

WG

N*

UY

WG

N*

U WG

N UY

WG

Y G*

EMS8

Y*

W

Y*WW W

B*

OY

O*

BG

W

PI42-4

PI42-2

PI42-1

PI42-3

PI1 -50 -49 -51

EMS3

N*

OY BGG

W

PIS9

PI1 -3 -4 -1

PI6-4

-14

OY

W W

W W

BRD

I

O

D

C

EMS9

PI6-3

PI6-2

PI6-1

PPS/1 PPS/2 TPS/1 TPS/2

Page 156: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 157: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ27 N/A ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 2 – 2001 MY XJ8

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION COILS

IGNITION COILRELAY

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

TRUNK FUSE BOX

FUEL INJECTIONRELAY

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

DIMMEROVERRIDE

BRAKE CANCELSWITCH

DECEL

SET / ACCEL

CANCEL

RESUME

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

A/CCM

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

REFRIGERANT4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

RADIATOR FAN CONTROLRELAY MODULE

LH RADIATOR FAN

RH RADIATOR FAN

CASSETTE

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

NOTE: REFER TO FIGURES 07.1AND 07.2 FOR COMPLETE A/CCIRCUITS.

FUEL TANK

NOTE: ECM POWER SUPPLIES ANDGROUNDS SHOWN ON FIG 04.1.

20 BAR

2–30 BAR

12 BAR

ON / OFF

FUELPUMP

YR

YU

RG

EM53-8

EM80-12

EM80-10

EM80-16

WUW

YU

RW

YG

RW

YG

WUYR

U

UY

UY

U

EM81-14

GOGW

EM84-02

BWBW

BG

EM84-04

EM84-05

EM84-03

BGBR

BO

EM84-13

EM84-14

EM81-05

EM81-04

EM84-09

EM84-10

EM80-22

EM83-10

EM80-25

EM81-13

EM81-15

EM80-23

EM80-11

EM80-20

GUGR

GOGU

EM84-11

EM84-12

EM84-17

EM84-18

GBGWEM84-19

EM84-20

EM84-21

BW

BO

EM84-06

BR

PI7-2 -1

BG

WU

NW

BR

PI8-2 -1

BO

BR

PI9-2 -1

BG

BR

PI10-2 -1

BW

BR

PI11-2 -1

BW

BR

PI12-2 -1

BW

BR

PI13-2 -1

BO

BR

PI14-2 -1

BR

1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B

81

47II

88

EM83-04 WR

#7 20A

3

1

5

2

1

33II

WR

NG

270 Ω 510 Ω

11II

WG

YU

WU

WUU CC40-2 CC40-3

680 Ω

430 Ω

680 Ω

430 Ω

YR

YG

BO

BK

CC20-10

CC20-7

CC20-9

CC20-8

SW3-3

SW3-1

SW3-4

SW3-2 SWS1

SW1-4

SW1-3

SW1-6

SW2-4

SW2-3

SW2-6

YR

YG

BO

BO

BO

YG

BOFCS28

FC17R

SC3-4

SC3-3

SC3-12

LF31-9

LF31-2

LF31-3

LF31-8

LF31-7

CC31-07

RG

U

UY

UYU

CC30-01

CC31-09

WU

NG 83

CC31-17

CC28-01

RG

RW

EM3-10

EM3-11

CCS21

WULF26-1

LF26-4

LF26-5

P

LF26-2

LF20L

BK

W

U

LF26-3

LF31-5

LF31-1

73

OY

NG

WUW

OG

WU

B

NG

B

LF10L

LF10R

W

WU

72

EM1-11

EM1-12

FC1-42

BT4-19

BT11-1

BT11-10

WR

WR

PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38

PI1-53

RW

EM53-3

EM53-12

EM53-10RG

U

EMS26

PI36-1PI1-13

EM51-6

EM51-5

RG RG B

NW

W B

BRPI2-5 PIS2

BR

BEMS11

EM17

EM53-9

WU

RW

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

O

EM51-10

RW

CF1-1CF1-2

CF2-2CF2-1

EM26

5

2

3

1B

7II

BT17-6

BT17-5

B

BT20

NG

EM53-17

EM53-14

B

EMS38

EM16R

PI58 -3

4B

YGEM83-11

I

GO

GO

GU

GWGR

GWGU

GW

YG

YG

PI53 -3

3A

PI52 -3

2A

PI55 -3

1B4A3B2B1A

-2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1PI54 -3PI57 -3PI56 -3PI51 -3 -2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1

YGYGYG

YGYGYG

EM3-5

YG

WUYR

10.2

PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43

B

B

B

PIS13

PI1-55

EMS4

EM8R

BRWYGBRWYGBRWYGBRWYGBRWYGBRWYGBRWYGBRWYG

PI1-29

PI1-2 YGYG

PIS12

PIS11

PIS5

RW

EM53-16WU

E60

E58

E61

WU

LF32-4

LF32-1

OY

OGBLF32-3

BBTS21

LFS17

BK

EM25

3

1

5

2

EM52

5

2

3

1

I

O

Page 158: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 159: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ27 SC ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 1 – 2001 MY XJR

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(CONTINUED FIG 04.4)

HO2S UPSTREAMMAFSCKPS ECTSKSCMPS

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

THROTTLEMOTOR

IATS

FTPS**CCV**

EOTSHO2S DOWNSTREAM O2S HEATERS

RELAYEVAPP CMPS KS

EGR VALVE

STEPPERMOTOR

IATS2

MAPS

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

ECM PROGRAMMING

ECM PROGRAMMING

EMS CONTROL RELAY(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ECM AND TCMCOOLING FAN

THROTTLE MOTORPOWER RELAY

BRAKE SWITCH

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SECURITYACKNOWLEDGE

O.K. TO START

ENGINE CRANK

APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE INERTIASWITCH IS ACTIVATED

EMS21: ADAPTIVE DAMPING ONLY.

NOTES:

* EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES HAVEWIRE COLOR CODES THAT ARE DIFFERENTFROM THAT SHOWN. USE CONNECTORPIN NUMBERS FOR WIRE IDENTIFICATION.

** CCV, FTPS AND ASSOCIATEDWIRING – NAS VEHICLES ONLY.

SHIELDING SHOWN AS DASHEDLINES ARE BRAIDED WIRES.

BW

EM82-04

BW

BGBR

UY

Y

N*R

G

RGO*

B*

YG

UY

B

BW

EM85-01UYRU

EM85-02

WGEM85-08

EM84-15

EM83-12

EM83-13

EM83-26

EM83-27

EM83-18

EM82-05

EM82-10

EM82-14

EM81-09

EM81-18

EM81-16

EM81-19

EM80-15

PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1

PI35 -2 -3 -1PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 -4-5

PI15 -2 -1

BW

GW

WU

BG

O

BW

GW

BG

OBW

BW

BW

EM83-21 N*

EM83-28 GW

UY

BG

υ

UY

NEM83-09

BGEM82-07

OEM82-17

G*EM82-11

EM83-06 BG

N*EM81-10

BGEM81-24

EM84-07 U

NEM83-22

OYEM83-05

GEM83-19

BA

PI42-4

PI33-2

PI42-2

PI42-1

PI42-3

PI33-1

PIS10

PI1 -54 -56 -52 -57-31

-5 PI1

PI6-4

υ

FP1 -3-2CV1 -2 -1

WU

OY

BG

-1

PI16 -1 -2

A B

PI38 -1 -2

YG

BG

υ

YG

-9 PI2

EM22 EM24-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1

λ

B

λ

AA B

WG

B

NG

WU

EM16L

B

EMS37GUEM80-02

UYEM80-01

REM80-07

REM80-06

GEM80-05

GEM80-04

R G

EM82-01 OY

EM39 -1-2

UY

WU

OEM83-17

EM83-07 P

EM83-08 Y

EM83-14 N*

EM83-23 N

EMS18

EMS19

EMS46

EMS1

PIS1

RG

OY

BG

RG

BT5 -3-2-1

BT4 -35-48-34

O OCV2-3FC1-45EM2-18

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

PI1-6

BG

PI2-7 PI2-6

U U

E56

E54

E57

O

EM80-28I

OEM81-23I

E50

E51

EMS2

YUEM85-03OYGEM85-04O

YREM85-09OYREM85-10

S1

S2

S3

S4

P134-4PI1-8

PI1-9

PI1-10

PI1-7

PI34-1

PI34-6

PI34-3

YUYG

YRYR

WU

WUPI34-2

PI34-5

PI3 -2 -1

υ

EM3-8

EM3-12

BG

RG

R G

BG

85 E62

EM10 -3-2-1

OY

OY

BG

RG

EM3-9

FC1 -34-30-35

OY

BG

BW

O BG

O

-15 PI1

OY

BG

OY

BK

EM83-25

Y

EM83-16

B+

EM80-18

EM83-24

EM80-17

EM83-15

G

Y

G

O

W

EM80-19

W

EM80-27

U

C

C

C

D

21.2

21.2

21.2

21.2

CAN

CAN

CAN

CAN

EM81-03

U01.1 O

EM81-17

WR

EM82-13

WR

EM83-20

NR80 B+

B+

W U

EM80-09

GW

EM82-06

GR

GW

GWEM80-08

O

NG

WU

84

EM82-08

OG

EM81-12

RU

EM81-22

OY

11II

IOG

OY

OG

WU

05.2

I

I

CAS81

EMS36

EM8L

EMS38 EMS37BBBKEM16R EM16L

B+

B+

EM66-2 EM66-1

CC40-4

CC40-1

LF3-1

EM53-11CC11-1

CA19-16

EMS20

EM82-16

Y03.2

EM82-15

W03.2

EM82-02

GO03.2 I

D

D

EM82-09

W B+46II

21.1

21.1

21.1

21.1

D

D

OG

+

+

EM80-29BKEM81-21BEM80-03BEM80-21BEM80-31BEM85-07BEM81-08BEM84-01BEM84-16BEM84-22BEM85-06

EM85-05O

6II EM82-12

GU I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

E63

E52

E53

OGOGOGLFS1 EMS21EM1-1

EM49

3

1

5

2

E59

EM

75

3 1

5 2

B OY P N*

W

N

W

W

B O

W

Y PW N*

NW

-25 PI1 -26 -24-22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1

G NW

G NW

-1 PI2 -3 -2

W W

Y*

N

W

Y*W

WW

EMS9

R RU

WG

N*

UY

WG

N*

U WG

N UY

WG

Y G*

EMS8

Y*

W

Y*WW W

BRD

B*

OY

O*

BG

W

PI1 -50 -49 -51

EMS3

N*

OY

BGG

W

PIS9

PI1 -3 -4 -1-14

OY

W

W

W

W

I

O

D

C

PI6-3

PI6-2

PI6-1

TPS/1PPS/1 PPS/2 TPS/2

Page 160: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 161: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

AJ27 SC ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 2 – 2001 MY XJR

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

TRUNK FUSE BOX

FUELPUMP 1

FUEL TANK

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#1)

FUELPUMP 2

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

IGNITION COILRELAY

FUEL INJECTIONRELAY

NOTE: ECM POWER SUPPLIES ANDGROUNDS SHOWN ON FIG 04.3.

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

DIMMEROVERRIDE

ON / OFF

BRAKE CANCELSWITCH

DECEL

SET / ACCEL

CANCEL

RESUME

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

A/CCM

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

20 BAR

REFRIGERANT4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

2–30 BAR

RADIATOR FAN CONTROLRELAY MODULE

LH RADIATOR FAN

RH RADIATOR FAN

CASSETTE

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

NOTE: REFER TO FIGURES 07.1AND 07.2 FOR COMPLETE A/CCIRCUITS.12 BAR

INTERCOOLERPUMP RELAY

INTERCOOLERPUMP

FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION COILS

#7 20A

3

1

5

2

1

33II

WR

NG

EM3-5

FC1-42

BT4-19

BT11-1

BT11-10

BT17-4

BT17-3

BT20

WR

WB

#15 20A

3

1

5

2

1

33II

WB

OBT12-2

BT10-5

WR

EM51-8

LF3-21

BT4-9

WB

WB

BT17-2

BT17-1

BTS21

B

YG

GOGW

EM84-02

BWBW

BG

EM84-04

EM84-05

EM84-03

BGBR

BO

EM84-13

EM84-14

EM84-09

EM84-10

EM83-10

GUGR

GOGU

EM84-11

EM84-12

EM84-17

EM84-18

GBGWEM84-19

EM84-20

EM84-21

BW

BO

EM84-06

BR

IJ3-2 -1

BG

WU

NW

BR

IJ4-2 -1

BO

BR

IJ5-2 -1

BG

BR

IJ6-2 -1

BW

BR

IJ7-2 -1

BW

BR

IJ8-2 -1

BW

BR

IJ9-2 -1

BO

BR

IJ10-2 -1

BR

1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B

81

47II

88

EM83-04 WR

PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37

PI1-38

PI1-53

RW

NW

W B

BRPI2-5 PIS2

BR

B

EMS11

EM17

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

EM26

5

2

3

1BBEMS38

EM16R

PI58 -3

4B

YGEM83-11

I

GO

GOGU

GW

GR

GW

GU

GW

YG

YG

PI53 -3

3A

PI52 -3

2A

PI55 -3

1B4A3B2B1A

-2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1PI54 -3PI57 -3PI56 -3PI51 -3 -2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1

YGYGYG

YGYGYG

PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43

B

B

B

PIS13

PI1-55

EMS4

EM8R

BRW

YGBRW

YGBRW

YGBRW

YGBRW

YGBRW

YGBRW

YGBRWYG

PI1-29

PI1-2 YGYG

PIS12

PIS11

PIS5

RW

E60

EM82-03O

IJ2-1

IJ1-1

BR

BR

BR

BR

IJS1

IJS2

IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5

BG

BO

BG

BW

BW

BW

BO

BR

YR

YU

RG

EM53-8

EM80-12

EM80-10

EM80-16

WUW

YU

RW

RW

YG

WUYR

U

UY

UY

U

EM81-14

EM81-05

EM81-04

EM80-22

EM80-25

EM81-13

EM81-15

EM80-23

EM80-11

EM80-20

270 Ω 510 Ω

11II

WG

YU

WU

WUU CC40-2 CC40-3

680 Ω

430 Ω

680 Ω

430 Ω

YR

YG

BOBK

CC20-10

CC20-7

CC20-9

CC20-8

SW3-3

SW3-1

SW3-4

SW3-2 SWS1

SW1-4

SW1-3

SW1-6

SW2-4

SW2-3

SW2-6

YR

YG

BO

BO

BO

YGBO

FCS28

FC17R

SC3-4

SC3-3

SC3-12

LF31-9

LF31-2

LF31-3

LF31-8

LF31-7

CC31-07

RG

U

UY

UYU

CC30-01

CC31-09

WU

NG 83

CC31-17

CC28-01

RG

RW

EM3-10

EM3-11

CCS21

WULF26-1

LF26-4

LF26-5

P

LF26-2

LF20L

BK

W

U

LF26-3

LF31-5

LF31-1

73

OY

NG

WUW

OG

WU

B

NG

B

LF10L

LF10R

W

WU

72

EM1-11

EM1-12

EM53-3

EM53-12

EM53-10RG

U

EMS26

PI36-1PI1-13

EM51-6

EM51-5

RG RG B

EM53-9

WU

RW

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

OEM51-10

RW

CF1-1CF1-2

CF2-2CF2-1

7II

EM53-17

EM53-14

YG

WUYR

10.2

EM53-16WU

E58

E61

WU

LF32-4

LF32-1

OY

OGBLF32-3

LFS17

BK

EM80-14 RWO

WB

B

NW 78

RW

EM17

BLF30-1LF30-2

EMS11

B

EM25

10

6

8

7

WB

LF20R

EM52

5

2

3

1

EM1-9

EM25

3

1

5

2

I

O

B

B

NG

O

Page 162: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 163: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

INSERT TAB FOR PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT

SECTION HERE

Page 164: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 165: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING /VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 166: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

1.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 167: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

Jaguar S-TYPE PTEC Acronyms and Abbreviations

AAI Valve Air Assist Injection ValveAPP Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor

B+ Battery VoltageCHT Sensor Cylinder Head Temperature SensorCKP Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor

CMP Sensor 1 Camshaft Position Sensor – RH BankCMP Sensor 2 Camshaft Position Sensor – LH Bank

DLC Data Link ConnectorDPFE Sensor Differential Pressure Feedback EGR Sensor

ECT Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature SensorEFT Sensor Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor

EGR Exhaust Gas RecirculationEOT Sensor Engine Oil Temperature Sensor

EVAP Canister Close Valve Evaporative Emission Canister Close ValveEVAP Canister Purge Valve Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve

FTP Sensor Fuel Tank Pressure SensorGECM General Electronic Control Module

HO2 Sensor 1 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – RH Bank / UpstreamHO2 Sensor 1 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – RH Bank / DownstreamHO2 Sensor 2 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – LH Bank / UpstreamHO2 Sensor 2 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – LH Bank / Downstream

IAT Sensor Intake Air Temperature SensorIMT Valve Intake Manifold Tuning ValveIP Sensor Injection Pressure Sensor

KS 1 Knock Sensor – RH BankKS 2 Knock Sensor – LH Bank

MAF Sensor Mass Air Flow SensorNAS North America SpecificationPCM Powertrain Control Module

PSP Switch Power Steering Pressure SwitchPTEC Powertrain Electronic Control

RECM Rear Electronic Control ModuleROW Rest of World Specification

SCP Standard Corporate Protocol NetworkTACM Throttle Actuator Control Module

TFT Sensor Transmission Fluid Temperature SensorTP Sensor Throttle Position Sensor

VVT Valve 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve – RH BankVVT Valve 2 Variable Valve Timing Valve – LH Bank

Note the following diagnostic PDU descriptions (refer to CMP Sensors, HO2 Sensors, KS and VVT Valves):

1 Right Hand engine bank (seated in the vehicle)2 Left Hand engine bank (seated in the vehicle)

/ 1 Upstream/ 2 Downstream

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 1.3

Page 168: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

PTEC OVERVIEW

The PTEC (Powertrain Electronic Control) system is a comprehensive combined engine and transmission control sys-tem. The system is used on both the 3 liter AJ-V6 and the 4 liter AJ28 V8 engines installed in the Jaguar S-TYPE. Thereare detail sensor and control differences between V6 and V8, however the majority of the system is identical in its func-tions. PTEC complies with OBD II and is capable of achieving future LEV (Low Emission Vehicle) emission standards.

PTEC has several features that are unique from otherJaguar engine management systems:

Single control module

A single Powertrain Control Module (PCM) performsboth engine and transmission control functions. ThisStudent Guide covers only the engine managementportion of the PTEC system.

SCP Network

PTEC communicates only on the vehicle SCP (StandardCorporate Protocol) multiplex network.

Returnless fuel system

The fuel delivery system is a supply only system with noprovision for returning unused fuel from the fuel rail to thefuel tank.

Full authority throttle

PTEC employs a full authority electronic throttle assem-bly with no cable connection between the acceleratorpedal and the throttle. The throttle assembly incorpo-rates a separate control module with diagnosticcapabilities.

Variable intake system (V6)

V6 engines are equipped with a variable length airintake manifold that optimizes engine torque across theentire speed/load range.

Fail safe cooling (V6)

V6 engines have a PCM “fail safe cooling” strategy thatallows for limited engine operation with low or nocoolant.

NOTES

AJ-V6 ENGINE

PTEC.02

1.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 169: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

PTEC CONTROL SUMMARY

The engine management systems for the 3.0 liter AJ-V6 engine and the 4.0 liter AJ28 V8 engine vehicles are virtuallyidentical in function with differences in the control module parameters and the location of some components.

The major differences between the two systems are as follows:

AJ-V6 AJ28 V8

Two position VVT (variable valve timing) Continuously variable VVT (variable valve timing)Variable air intake system AAI (air assisted injection)

EGR (exhaust gas recirculation) – 2000 MY only

The PTEC powertrain control module (PCM) directly governs the following functions:

• Air assisted fuel injection (V8 only)

• Air conditioning compressor

• Automatic transmission

• Cooling system radiator fan

• Cruise control

• Default operating modes

• Engine power limiting

• Engine speed limiting

• Engine torque reduction control

• Evaporative emission control

• Exhaust emission control

• Exhaust gas recirculation (V6 only)

• Fail safe engine cooling

• Fuel delivery and injection (fuel pump via RECM)

• Fuel system leak check

• Full authority electronic throttle (via Throttle Actuator Control Module)

• Idle speed

• Ignition

• OBD II diagnostics

• Variable intake manifold tuning (V6 only)

• Variable intake valve timing

• Vehicle speed limiting

NOTES

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 1.5

Page 170: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

PTEC CONTROL SUMMARY

System Logic – V6

V6 ENGINE MANAGEMENT

880 PTEC.03

TACM

TP SENSOR IAT SENSOR MAF SENSOR

IP SENSOR

EFT SENSOR

FI FI

CHT SENSOR

ON-PLUGCOIL

CMP SENSOR 2

VVT VALVE 2

HO2 SENSOR 2/1

HO2 SENSOR 2/2

HO2 SENSOR 1/1

HO2 SENSOR 1/2

KS 2

EOTSENSOR

CKPSENSOR

KS 1

IMT VALVES

DPFE EGRVALVE

BANK 1 BANK 2

ON-PLUGCOIL

CMP SENSOR 1

VVT VALVE 1

1.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 171: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

BATTERY POWER(KEEP ALIVE MEMORY)

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER

MAF

IAT

CHT

CKP

CMP 1

CMP 2

KS 2

KS 1

HO2S 1/1

HO2S 1/2

HO2S 2/1

HO2S 2/2

IP

EOT

DPFE

EFT

FTP

CRUISE CONTROL

APP 1, 2, 3

TP 1, 2, 3

A/C PRESSURE SENSOR

BRAKE ON / OFF

BRAKE CANCEL

PSP

AIRBAG DEPLOY

FUEL INJECTORS

IGNITION COILS

IMT (TOP)

VVT 1

VVT 2

IMT (BOTTOM)

COOLING FAN

EGR

GENERATOR LOAD

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE

EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE

TACM

TP SENSORS

A/C COMPRESSOR RELAY

SCP

DATA

DATA

THROTTLE DIAGNOSTICS (SCP)DATA

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

DATA FLASH PROGRAMMING

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

THROTTLEMONITOR

PROCESSOR

MAINPROCESSOR

THROTTLE MOTOR

RECM

FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS (SCP)DATA

FUEL PUMP

V6 PCM ENGINE MANAGEMENT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

880 PTEC.04

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 1.7

Page 172: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

PTEC CONTROL SUMMARY

System Logic – V8

V8 ENGINE MANAGEMENT

880 PTEC.05

HO2 SENSOR 2/1

HO2 SENSOR 2/2CKP

SENSOR

HO2 SENSOR 1/1

HO2 SENSOR 1/2

EOT SENSOR

VVTVALVE 2

ON-PLUGCOIL

VVTVALVE

BANK 1 BANK 2

ON-PLUGCOIL

CMP SENSOR 1 CMP SENSOR 2

EFT SENSOR

KS

ECTSENSOR

FI FI

IP SENSOR

TACM

TP SENSORIAT SENSORMAF SENSOR

AAIVALVE

1.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 173: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

880 PTEC.06

V8 PCM ENGINE MANAGEMENT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

BATTERY POWER(KEEP ALIVE MEMORY)

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER

MAF

IAT

ECT

CKP

CMP 1

CMP 2

KS 2

KS 1

HO2S 1/1

HO2S 1/2

HO2S 2/1

HO2S 2/2

EFT

EOT

IP

FTP

CRUISE CONTROL

APP 1, 2, 3

TP 1, 2, 3

A/C PRESSURE SENSOR

BRAKE ON / OFF

BRAKE CANCEL

PSP

AIRBAG DEPLOY

COOLANT LEVEL(NOT PART OF ENGINE MANAGEMENT)

FUEL INJECTORS

IGNITION COILS

AAI

VVT 1

VVT 2

COOLING FAN

GENERATOR LOAD

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE

EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE

TACM

TP SENSORS

A/C COMPRESSOR RELAY

SCPDATA

THROTTLE DIAGNOSTICS (SCP)DATA

DATA SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

DATA FLASH PROGRAMMING

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

THROTTLEMONITOR

PROCESSOR

MAINPROCESSOR

THROTTLE MOTOR

RECM

FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS (SCP)DATA

FUEL PUMP

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 1.9

Page 174: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

1.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 175: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROLMODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING /VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 176: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

• The PCMs for all S-TYPE Jaguars are almost identicalbut with unique programming for the characteristicsof the various powertrain combinations. Also, someminor differences are required in the interface cir-cuits to accommodate the sensors and actuators usedon AJ-V6 or AJ28 engines.

• The vehicle powertrain configuration informationand the vehicle identification number (VIN) are flashprogrammed into the PCM during vehicle produc-tion.

• Volatile memory Quiescent current from the vehi-cle battery is used to maintain OBD generated DTCsand adaptive values are maintained. If the vehiclebattery is disconnected, stored DTCs and adaptivevalues will be lost. The ECM will “relearn” adaptivevalues during the next driving cycle.

NOTE: If the PCM or Instrument Pack are replaced, PDU must be used to match the control modulesbefore the vehicle is operated.

CAUTION: The PCM must not be switched from one vehicle to another; the VIN will be mis-matched and the powertrain configuration information may be incorrect for the vehicle.

PCM Power Supplies

• The PCM power supplies flow through a 40 Amp fuse to powertrain control relay 1.

• Powertrain control relay 2 supplies power to the A/C compressor clutch, generator, HO2S heaters, and coil-on-plug ignition coils.

• Both relays are located in the front power distribution board and are powered by the same fuse. 5 Amp fused B+ voltage activates the relays directly from the ignition switch when it is in positions II (RUN) and III (START).

• The PCM is located on the passenger side of the cabin below the climate control blower unit.

• The 150-way three-pocket connector housing protrudes through the bulkhead to accept the matching connec-tors from the engine bay side harnesses.

• The 60-way socket connects to the engine harness (PI).

• The 32-way socket connects to the transmission harness (GB).

• The 58-way socket connects to the vehicle forward harness (FH).

PCM Configuration

NOTE: Once a PCM is configured to a vehicle, it cannot be re configured to another vehicle.

After a PCM is replaced and the battery reconnected, connect WDS. Select Guided Diagnostics from the Main Menufollowed by Vehicle Set Up and Vehicle CM Set Up / Configuration. WDS will perform the configuration duringwhich you will be prompted to enter the Vehicle Identification Number.

During configuration WDS writes vehicle identification information into a section of the PCM memory called the VIDBlock (Vehicle Identification Block). Once the VID Block space is occupied, it cannot be overwritten. The VID Blockstores data pertaining to certain other vehicle control modules. For example, the instrument pack identification data.

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

880 PTEC.07

2.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 177: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training

The VID Block has no effect on vehicle operation and is accessible in the future via WDS. The intent of the VID Blockis to give Jaguar technicians information on the programmed status of control modules, in the event of a problem.

NOTE: The PCM must be configured to the instrument pack as part of the security system set up. If this isnot carried out, the engine will not start.

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE FACE

113

23

313949

122230

3848

60

18

14

172026

7

1613

12

2922

1925

32

11323

303747

3646

58

FH GB PI

880 PTEC.09

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE LOCATION (LHD SHOWN)

880 PTEC.08

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 2.3

Page 178: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

Barometric Pressure

The PCM does not incorporate a barometric pressure sensor. Instead, it calculates barometric pressure based oninput signals received from the mass air flow sensor and the throttle position sensor. If the PCM cannot calculatebarometric pressure (failure mode), it defaults to an atmospheric pressure of 27 in. Hg. (902 mBar).

PCM Multiplex and Serial Data Communications

The PCM is part of the SCP vehicle multiplex data network that operates at 41.6 kb per second. In addition to theSCP network, the PCM is connected to the Serial Data Link, and has a dedicated flash programming circuit. All threecircuits are accessed at the Data Link Connector (DLC) for DTC retrieval, system diagnostics and monitoring, andPCM EPROM flash programming.

Idle Speed Adaptions

If the vehicle battery is disconnected, idle speed adaptions will be lost. After battery reconnection, operate the vehi-cle as follows to restore the idle speed adaptions:

• Start the engine and warm to >82 °C (180 °F)

• Switch off the engine; restart the engine

• Idle in Neutral for two (2) minutes

• Depress and hold brake pedal; select Drive; idle for two (2) minutes

System Diagnostics – Faults / Default Action

The PCM continuously performs diagnostic monitoring for OBD II and non-OBD II functions. Diagnostics include:self-test routines, engine and transmission function monitoring, individual sensor circuit, signal, function and integ-rity monitoring, and critical sensors input signal validation. Detected faults are logged in the PCM memory as DTCs.

In most instances of detected sensor and/or component failure, the PCM takes default action. Specific defaultactions, messages and warnings are contained in the Jaguar Quick Reference Diagnostic Guide: S-TYPE POWER-TRAIN DTC Summaries.

NOTES

2.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 179: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS –ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING /VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 180: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor

• The MAF sensor measures the mass of air enteringthe intake system, the measurement being basedon the constant temperature hot wire principle.

• A hot wire probe and an air temperature probe areSuspended in the air intake tract.

• The PCM ensures that the hot wire probe is always200 °C hotter that the air temperature probe.

• The hot wire probe is cooled by the air flowingthrough the intake system and the PCM varies theheating current to maintain the 200 °C tempera-ture difference.

• The change in heating current is measured as avoltage drop across a precision resistor and isassigned to a corresponding mass air flow calcula-tion by the PCM.

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor

• The IAT sensor, located in the air induction duct, isa thermistor which has a negative temperaturecoefficient (NTC).

• Intake air temperature is determined by the PCMby the change in the sensor resistance.

• The PCM applies stable 5 volts to the sensor andmonitors the voltage across the pins to detect thevarying resistance.

• The PCM uses the IAT signal to adjust ignition tim-ing to match intake air temperature.

NOTES

880 PTEC.10

MAF SENSOR

IAT SENSOR

MAF SENSOR

MAF AND IAT SENSOR LOCATION

880 PTEC.11

IAT SENSOR

880 PTEC.12

3.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 181: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor

• The CKP sensor is an inductive pulse generator,which provides the PCM with an engine speed andposition alternating voltage signal.

• The PCM uses the CKP signal to determine bothengine speed and crankshaft position.

• The 36-tooth (minus one tooth) reluctor is located onthe crankshaft at different locations in the V6 and V8.

– V6 sensor is located on the front of the crankshaft, in the front timing cover.

– V8 sensor is located on the transmission drive plate as in previous V8 engines.

• The missing tooth gap provides a PCM reference forcrankshaft position.

– V6 gap is located at 60° BTDC cylinder 1/1.

– V8 gap is located at 50° BTDC cylinder 1/1.

• The PCM requires the input signal from the cam-shaft position sensor to determine the enginestroke.

NOTES

880 PTEC.14

CKP SENSOR RELUCTOR – V6

880 PTEC.13

CKP SENSOR – V6

880 PTEC.15

CKP SENSOR RELUCTOR – V8

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 3.3

Page 182: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensors

• The CMP sensors are inductive pulse generatorswhich provide the PCM with a cylinder identifica-tion alternating voltage signal.

• The PCM uses the CMP signals (one for each cylin-der bank) for:

– cylinder identification to control starting, fuel injection sequential operation

– ignition timing

– variable valve timing operation and diagnostics.

• The CMP reluctors are located on the inlet cam-shafts at the rear of the cylinder heads.

– V6 reluctors have four teeth (three are equally spaced)

– V8 reluctors have five teeth (four are equally spaced).

• The multi-tooth cam sensor rings increase the camposition feedback frequency, providing theenhanced control required by the VVT system.

• The use of multi-tooth sensor rings also improvesstarting by providing additional reference pointsfor the PCM to determine camshaft position.

NOTES

RELUCTOR

CMP SENSOR AND RELUCTOR – V6

880 PTEC.16

CMP SENSOR RELUCTOR – V8

880 PTEC.17

3.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 183: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (V8)

• The V8 ECT sensor, located on the coolant outletelbow between the cylinder banks, is a thermistorwhich has a negative temperature coefficient (NTC).

• Engine coolant temperature is determined by thePCM by the change in the sensor resistance.

• The PCM applies 5 volts to the sensor and moni-tors the voltage across the pins to detect the vary-ing resistance.

PTEC Temperature Sensors

The following Temperature / Resistance / Voltage chart applies to all of the PTEC Temperature Sensors except for theCylinder Head Temperature (CHT) Sensor:

• Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor

• Engine Fuel Temperature (EFT) Sensor

• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor

• Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor

• Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor

NOTES

880 PTEC.18

ECT SENSOR (V8)

Temperature Nominal Nominal°C °F Resistance Voltage at PCM

0 32 95.851 kΩ 3.88v

10 50 59.016 kΩ 3.52v

20 68 37.352 kΩ 3.09v

30 86 24.239 kΩ 2.62v

40 104 16.092 kΩ 2.15v

50 122 10.908 kΩ 1.72v

60 140 7.556 kΩ 1.34v

70 158 5.337 kΩ 1.04v

80 176 3.837 kΩ 0.79v

90 194 2.840 kΩ 0.61v

100 212 2.080 kΩ 0.47v

110 230 1.564 kΩ 0.36v

120 248 1.191 kΩ 0.28v

130 266 0.918 kΩ 0.22v

140 284 0.715 kΩ 0.17v

150 302 0.563 kΩ 0.14v

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student

Guide 3.5
Page 184: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) Sensor (V6)

• The CHT sensor, located between the two rear coil-on-plug units in the bank 2 cylinder head, is a thermistorwhich has a negative temperature coefficient (NTC).

• The sensor directly monitors the metal temperature of the cylinder head. This method of engine heat sensingis used in place of an engine coolant temperature sensor to enable the V6 fail safe cooling strategy to operate.Refer to page 10.4. The use of a metal temperature sensor allows cylinder head temperature to be measuredeven if coolant has been lost.

• Cylinder head temperature is determined by the PCM by the change in the sensor resistance. The PCM applies5 volts to the sensor and monitors the voltage across the pins to detect the varying resistance.

V6 Cylinder Head Temperature Sensor

Temperature Nominal Nominal°C °F Resistance Voltage at PCM

0 32 96.248 kΩ 4.140 v

10 50 59.173 kΩ 3.737 v

20 68 37.387 kΩ 3.257 v

30 86 24.216 kΩ 2.738 v

40 104 16.043 kΩ 2.226 v

50 122 10.851 kΩ 1.759 v

60 140 7.487 kΩ 1.362 v

70 158 5.269 kΩ 1.043 v

80 176 3.775 kΩ 0.794 v

90 194 2.750 kΩ 0.604 v

100 212 2.038 kΩ 0.462 v

110 230 1.523 kΩ 0.354 v

120 248 1.155 kΩ 0.273 v

130 266 0.887 kΩ 0.212 v

140 284 0.689 kΩ 0.167 v

150 302 0.542 kΩ 0.132 v

160 320 0.430 kΩ 0.105 v

170 338 0.345 kΩ 0.085 v

NOTES

CHT SENSOR (V6)

880 PTEC.19

CHT SENSOR LOCATION (V6)

880 PTEC.20

3.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 185: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor

• The PCM uses the EOT signal for variable valve timing control.

• The EOT sensor is a thermistor which has a negative temperature coefficient (NTC).

• The PCM applies 5 volts to the sensor and monitors the voltage across the pins to detect the varying resistance.

• Engine oil temperature is determined by the PCM by the change in the sensor resistance.

• The V6 and V8 sensors are fitted to the engine lubrication system in different locations:

– V6 EOT sensor is located on the left hand side of the cylinder block in the oil return channel from the oil cooler

– V8 EOT sensor is located on the oil cooler / filter adapter.

NOTES

EOT SENSOR – V6

EOT SENSOR OIL PRESSURESWITCH

880 PTEC.21

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

EOT SENSOR

EOT SENSOR – V8

880 PTEC.22

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 3.7

Page 186: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch

• The PCM uses the input from the PSP switch tocompensate for the additional accessory drive loadon the engine by adjusting the engine idle speedand preventing engine stall during parking maneu-vers.

• The PSP switch, located on the PAS pump outletpipe, monitors the hydraulic pressure on the highpressure side of the power steering system.

• The switch is a normally open switch that closeswhen the hydraulic pressure reaches 24.13 ± 3.45Bar (350 ± 50 psi).

Brake Switches

The PCM receives input signals from two brake pedal position switches:

• Brake switch (B+ voltage / normally open)

• Brake cancel switch

Two switches provide signal plausibility.

• The switch inputs to the PCM are used for cruise control cancel and multiple vehicle functions (via SCP).

– On DSC equipped vehicles, the brake switch is hard wired to the DSC control module.

The DSC system uses an active brake booster, which when activated by the DSCCM, will cause the brake pedal todrop with the subsequent activation of the brake switches. During the DSC self test when the vehicle first moves off,the booster is momentarily activated by the DSCCM causing the brake pedal to drop.

When the DSCCM is performing the self test, it does not broadcast an SCP BRAKES APPLIED message, which pre-vents erroneous brake light activation.

NOTES

PSP SWITCH – V6 SHOWN

880 PTEC.23

3.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 187: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING /VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 188: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

INDUCTION AIR AND THROTTLE CONTROL

Air Induction Systems

The V6 and V8 engines have air induction systems that are similar from the air cleaner inlet through the throttlebody. The systems consist of the normal components with the MAF sensor located in the air cleaner outlet and theIAT sensor located in the air intake duct just downstream of the MAF sensor. Resonator chambers are fitted to theintake ducting to control intake air reverberation at certain throttle openings.

After exiting the throttle body, the V6 and V8 induction air systems differ greatly.

AIR INDUCTION: V8

880 PTEC.25

INTAKE DUCTING

MAF SENSOR

THROTTLE BODY ADAPTOR

AIR CLEANER

IAT SENSOR

THROTTLE BODY

TUNED MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY INTAKE DUCTING

THROTTLE BODYIAT SENSOR

MAF SENSOR

AIR CLEANER

AIR INDUCTION: V6

880 PTEC.24

4.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 189: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Air Intake – V8

Induction air flows into the manifold through a centrally located inlet. The manifold incorporates the air rails for airassisted fuel injection. The heated (engine coolant) throttle adapter connects the throttle body to the manifold andprovides EVAP, and vacuum source connections. The air assist injection valve is located on the throttle adapter. Anoise isolation pad locates between the induction manifold and the engine vee.

INTAKE MANIFOLD, THROTTLE ADAPTOR AND ISOLATION PAD – V8

VACUUM CONNECTIONS

EVAPORATIVE EMISSIONS INLET

AAI VALVE INLET

AAI VALVE OUTLET

AAI VALVE

PART LOAD BREATHER INLET

COOLANT PIPES

AAI AIR RAIL

NOISE ISOLATION PAD

880 PTEC.26

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 4.3

Page 190: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

INDUCTION AIR AND THROTTLE CONTROL

Full Authority Throttle Control

The electronic throttle control system used in the PTEC engine management systems is designed with no mechani-cal connection between the vehicle accelerator pedal and the throttle valve. The PCM has full authority overthrottle valve movement.

Accelerator pedal position is monitored by APP (accelerator pedal position) sensors that are hard wired to the PCM.The PCM calculates a throttle plate opening appropriate for the vehicle operating conditions using:

• pedal position

• engine speed

• vehicle speed

• cruise control status

• power reduction requirements for traction control, transmission torque input limits, and torque modulation required during transmission shifting.

The PCM issues redundant PWM throttle position command signals via hard wired connections to the throttle actu-ator control module (TACM), which is located on the throttle body assembly. The TACM drives the throttle valve tothe desired position via the throttle drive motor.

Throttle position sensors communicate actual throttle angle feedback to the PCM via hard wires to provide closedloop control. The TACM communicates calculated throttle position to the PCM via hard wire connection as a cross-check.

The throttle control system uses multiple accelerator pedal position sensors, throttle position sensors, and multiplehard wired signals that allow the PCM to monitor individual signal validity. Two separate, dedicated, twisted pair(B+ around ground) provide supply power and ground to the TACM.

A dedicated electronic throttle monitor microprocessor, within the PCM, constantly monitors overall operation ofthe throttle control system. The throttle monitor microprocessor interfaces internally with the PCM main micropro-cessor logic and software.

In the event of a software or component failure, the system alerts the driver and, depending on the failure, adopts adefault action to ensure driver safety. Refer to the Jaguar Quick Reference Diagnostic Guide: S-TYPE POWERTRAINDTC Summaries.

Operation of the system is designed to be totally transparent to the driver with a total delay of less than 70 msbetween pedal actuation and throttle movement.

Throttle Data Recorder

The PCM throttle monitor processor incorporates a throttle data recorder. If the throttle data recorder is stopped byan airbag deployed input, the current throttle data is retained in memory and the PCM main processor flags DTCP1582. The throttle data recorder will not function again until 100 ignition key cycles have been completed. Thelogged DTC P1582 will require an additional 40 key cycles to clear, or the DTC can be cleared using PDU.

Throttle Motor Control Relay, 2001 Model Year ON

2001 Model Year ON PTEC systems have a PCM internal timer circuit to control a throttle motor control relay. Thiscircuit allows the PCM to open the throttle, via the relay, after engine OFF to prevent exhaust gas from building-upin the intake manifold and creating difficult hot start conditions.

4.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 191: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

THROTTLE CONTROL LOGIC

THROTTLEMONITOR

PROCESSOR

MAINPROCESSOR

MOTORDRIVE

MOTORPOSITION

B+

THROTTLE MOTOR

INTAKE AIR

THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS

POWERTRAINCONTROL MODULE

POWERTRAINCONTROL MODULE

ACCELERATORPEDAL

ACCELERATOR PEDALPOSITION SENSORS

THROTTLE ACTUATORCONTROL MODULE

THROTTLE ACTUATORCONTROL MODULE

DIAGNOSTICS: SCP

PWM

PWM

ACTUAL THROTTLE ANGLE

B+

THROTTLE MOTORCONTROL RELAY

THROTTLE MOTOR CONTROL RELAY – 2001 MY ON

B+ B+

B+B+

O

880 PTEC.27

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 4.5

Page 192: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

INDUCTION AIR AND THROTTLE CONTROL

Throttle Body Assembly

The throttle body assembly consists of the following sub components:

• Throttle body with valve and shaft

• Throttle actuator control module (TACM)

• Drive motor unit

• Throttle position (TP) sensor assembly

Because each throttle assembly is calibrated during assembly, no adjustments to the assembly or its components are requiredor permitted. The throttle body must not be disassembled. The only serviceable component is the TP sensor assembly.

Throttle body

The throttle body is an aluminum casting with a 70 mm(2.75 in.) intake bore. The throttle valve and shaftrotate on ball bearings with an internal tooth quadrantgear and two throttle return springs on the drive end ofthe shaft. Factory adjusted and sealed stop screws setthe throttle closed and full open positions.

Throttle drive motor unit

The throttle drive motor unit consists of the motor andan integral position encoder. If the motor fails, thethrottle return springs return the throttle valve to theclosed position.

WARNING: DO NOT PUT YOUR FINGERSIN THE THROTTLE BODY BORE. THEYCOULD BE INJURED IF TRAPPED BY THETHROTTLE PLATE.

CAUTION: Do not attempt to clean thethrottle housing or remove any sealantfrom the assembly. Any air leakage willdisturb the idle speed calibration.

NOTES

THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY

TP SENSORTHROTTLE BODY

THROTTLE DRIVEMOTOR UNIT

THROTTLE ACTUATORCONTROL MODULE

880 PTEC.28

4.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 193: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Assembly

• Three individual rotary potentiometers comprise theAPP sensor assembly located at the top of the accel-erator pedal.

• The potentiometers are driven by the acceleratorpedal pivot shaft and provide separate analog voltagesignals to the PCM proportional to accelerator pedalmovement and position.

• The accelerator pedal uses two return springs toprovide a positive return if one should fail, and tosimulate the feel of a conventional acceleratorpedal.

Each potentiometer has separate reference voltage andreference ground circuits hard-wired to the PCM; eachprovides its unique pedal position signal (via hard-wireconnection) directly to the PCM. The PCM detectsfaults by comparing each pedal position signal toexpected values as shown in the chart below.

PCM throttle control

The PCM calculates a required throttle position fromthe APP input signals and applies engine speed, cruisecontrol status, engine torque reduction requirements,and other applicable data to generate duplicate 256 HzPWM throttle command signals.

The command signal duty cycle is increased as morethrottle opening is required. Duplicate throttle com-mand signals are transmitted to the throttle actuatorcontrol module (TACM) over separate wires.

NOTES

APP SENSOR

880 PTEC.29

APP SENSOR CHARACTERISTIC

-3˚ 0˚ 5˚ 10˚

0

NO

MIN

AL

VO

LTA

GE

OU

TPU

T

1

2

3

4

5

15˚

DEGREE OF PEDAL ROTATION

NOMINAL ROTATION

APP 1

APP 2

APP 3

880 PTEC.30

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 4.7

Page 194: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

INDUCTION AIR AND THROTTLE CONTROL

Throttle Actuator Control Module (TACM)

The TACM has two connectors and mounts to the throttle body and motor assembly. One connector plugs directlyinto the throttle motor. The second connector is the main interface with the PCM and also carries the twisted pairB+ voltage and ground supplies for TACM and throttle motor drive power. The two separate B+ voltage suppliesfrom the front power distribution boxes are switched by powertrain relay 1 and the two separate ground suppliesshare the main ground stud used by the PCM.

The TACM processes the two throttle command PWM signals from the PCM and drives the throttle motor to therequired position. The motor’s position feedback to the TACM provides closed loop control and enables the TACMto maintain the desired throttle valve position. The PCM monitors actual throttle valve angle via the three-elementTP sensor signals.

The TACM is on the SCP multiplex network and communicates with the PCM only for diagnostic purposes.

In addition to motor drive and positioning, the TACM also performs the following functions:

• Self diagnostics

• PCM throttle command signals validity comparison

• Requested throttle angle to actual throttle angle comparison

• Drive motor circuit operational comparison

• Failed throttle return spring detection

• Drive motor internal circuit continuity monitoring

• Inductive position encoder failure and out of range signals monitoring

• SCP transmission of diagnostic data to the PCM

NOTES

4.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 195: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) Assembly

The throttle position sensor assembly consists of threeHall effect sensing elements with conditioning circuitsthat are directly driven by the throttle valve shaft.

Each sensing element has separate reference voltageand reference ground circuits hard-wired to the PCM;each provides its unique throttle position signal (viahard-wire connection) directly to the PCM. The uniquecharacteristics of each signal are used for identification,similar to the APP Sensor signals.

NOTES

TP SENSOR

880 PTEC.31

TP SENSORS GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS

OU

TPU

T V

OLT

AG

E

SENSOR ROTOR ANGLE

DEGREES

V

TP 1

TP 2

TP 3

880 PTEC.32

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 4.9

Page 196: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

INDUCTION AIR AND THROTTLE CONTROL

Cruise Control

The cruise control system is fully integrated within PTEC. The PCM maintains the driver selected vehicle speed towithin ±1 mph (1.5 km/h) via the normal throttle control and other engine and transmission control functions. Thesystem uses inputs from illuminated steering wheel mounted ON / OFF, SET / ACCEL, COAST, CANCEL, andRESUME switches, the two brake pedal switches (normally open Brake Switch, normally closed Brake CancelSwitch), and vehicle speed. Cruise control is operational between 25 – 130 mph (40 – 209 km/h).

The cruise control strategy within the PCM uses engine control to provide smooth acceleration and deceleration.In cases such as driving downhill, where the vehicle tends to exceed the cruise control set speed, the PCM uses anengine braking strategy and transmission downshifts to help maintain the desired speed.

Cruise control switch functionsON / OFFWhen the system is switched ON or OFF, the PCM broadcasts an SCP VEHICLE SPEED CONTROL ON/OFF mes-sage. A SPEED CONTROL ON or OFF message is displayed in the message center for 4 seconds accompanied by asingle audible chime. The PCM also broadcasts an SCP VEHICLE SPEED CONTROL SET SPEED ENABLE/DISABLEmessage whenever the Speed Control Set lamp in the instrument pack should be switched ON or OFF.

SET / ACCELTouching the SET / ACCEL switch with the cruise control switched ON and vehicle speed in the operating range putsthe system into SET mode. The current vehicle speed is memorized and maintained. If the switch is held in theactive position the vehicle will accelerate smoothly until it the switch is released. If the switch is touched momen-tarily (less than 640 ms), the vehicle speed increases by 1 mph. Pressing the accelerator pedal will accelerate thevehicle higher than the memorized speed without disengaging cruise control. When the pedal is released, the vehi-cle smoothly decelerates to the memorized speed.

COASTTouching the COAST switch momentarily (less than 640 ms) decelerates the vehicle 1 mph. Holding the switchallows the vehicle to decelerate until the switch is released. When the switch is released, the vehicle will maintainthe current speed.

CANCELTouching the CANCEL switch or applying the brakes puts the system into STANDBY mode and allows the vehicle todecelerate until either the SET / ACCEL or the RESUME switch is activated.

RESUMEWhen the system is STANDBY mode, touching the RESUME switch accelerates the vehicle to the memorized setspeed. Resume will not function if the system has been switched OFF, the ignition has been switched OFF, or thevehicle is below the minimum operational speed.

NOTES

4.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 197: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING /VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 198: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

5.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 199: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Electronic Returnless Fuel System

The electronic returnless fuel system used with the PTEC engine management system provides pressurized fuel atthe fuel injectors and does not require a return line with its associated hardware. Additional benefits of the systeminclude:

• Precise fuel pressure control

• Reduced fuel temperature and fuel tank vapor caused by constant fuel recirculation

• Reduced electrical system load

• Fuel pressure boost to prevent fuel vapor lock

• Reduce hot start cranking time

Fuel delivery volume and pressure from the single in-tank fuel pump are controlled by the PCM in a closed loop.The actual fuel pump “drive” is supplied and controlled by the Rear Electronic Control Module (RECM), whichreceives fuel pump control input from the PCM. The PCM / RECM fuel pump control circuit is hard wired.

The system delivers the correct amount of fuel to the engine under all conditions and at a constant pressure differentialwith respect to manifold absolute pressure, without the need for a return line to the tank or a fuel rail pressure regulator.

NOTES

FUEL FILTER

FUEL TANK

ENGINE FUELTEMPERATURE SENSOR

FUEL INJECTORS

FUEL INJECTORS

INJECTIONPRESSURESENSOR

FUEL RAIL

ELECTRONIC RETURNLESS FUEL SYSTEM

TPTEC.77

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.3

Page 200: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Electronic Returnless Fuel System (continued)

Fuel tank (Jaguar S-TYPE)

The plastic blow-molded fuel tank is a saddle shapetank with LH and RH fuel compartments. The tank islocated below the rear passenger seat with the driveshaft and exhaust running through the arch of the tank.The underside of the tank is protected by a heat shield.The tank assembly is retained by two metal strapswhich are fixed to the underbody at the front by remov-able hinge pins and at the rear by bolts.

Refueling is via a separate filler pipe and connectinghose to a stub pipe on the RH fuel compartment.

A variable speed fuel pump is located in the RH com-partment. Jet pumps are located in both compartmentswith external crossover pipes for fuel transfer betweenthe compartments. The crossover pipes and electricalconnectors exit the fuel tank through top plates whichare secured in the tank using screw-on closure rings.The components on the top of the fuel tank are accessi-ble from inside the vehicle via two access holes in thefloor panel, below the rear seat.

Fuel filter

The replaceable in-line fuel filter is located in the backof the left wheel well. All fuel supply lines use quick-fitconnections that require a Jaguar service tool.

NOTES

EVAP CANISTER ASSEMBLYFUEL FILLER

(PIPE REMOVED)

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

JAGUAR S-TYPE FUEL TANK ANDEVAP CANISTERS (UNDERFLOOR)

880 PTEC.33

5.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 201: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

JAGUAR S-TYPE FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

880 PTEC.34

FUEL PUMPCONNECTORS GRADE VENT

VALVE

FLOAT LEVELVENT VALVE

PRESSURE RELIEFVALVE

TO EVAPCANISTER

VAPOR TO EVAP VALVEFUEL TO ENGINE

FUEL TRANSFERPIPES

HEAT SHIELDTANK RETAINING

STRAP

FRONT OF VEHICLE

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.5

Page 202: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Electronic Returnless Fuel System (continued)

Fuel flow

• The variable speed fuel pump is contained in a fuel reservoir in the RH compartment.

• Fuel is pumped from the reservoir through an external crossover pipe to the LH compartment where it flowsvia a ‘T’ junction to the parallel pressure relief valve and then out to the engine fuel rail.

• The reservoir fuel level is maintained by the continual flow of fuel supplied by jet pumps in the LH and RHcompartments.

Fuel from the LH compartment is pumped through an external crossover pipe to the reservoir. The RH compart-ment jet pump is located in the base of the reservoir.

Parallel pressure relief valve

The parallel pressure relief valve assembly contains two spring-loaded valves, which operate in opposite directions:

• The supply valve opens to allow fuel flow at approximately 0.014 Bar (0.2 psi) during normal operation.

• The fuel rail pressure relief valve opens at approximately 4.14 – 4.48 Bar (60 – 65 psi) to relieve excessive fuelrail pressure.

The main functions of the parallel pressure relief valve assembly are:

• To ensure fast engine starting by “checking” fuel in the supply lines and rail.

• To limit rail pressure due to temporary vapor increase during hot soak conditions (temperature andthus pressure drop after approximately 20 minutes.)

• To limit rail pressure caused by sudden load changes such as a full to closed throttle transition.

• To prevent siphoning from the tank in the even of the fuel line being severed with the pump inactive.

NOTES

5.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 203: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

NOTES

LH C

OM

PAR

TMEN

T

RH

CO

MPA

RTM

ENT

FUEL FILTER

EFT SENSOR IP SENSOR

FUEL RAIL

JET PUMPJET PUMP

PARALLEL PRESSURERELIEF VALVE

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVEopens at 60 – 65 psi to allowfuel flow to the fuel tank

SUPPLY VALVEopens at 0.2 psi to allowfuel flow to the fuel rail

PARALLEL PRESSURERELIEF VALVE

FUEL RESERVOIR

FUEL PUMP

FUEL LEVELSENSORS

RH FUEL LEVEL SENSORAND FUEL PUMP

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

LH FUEL LEVELSENSOR

ELECTRICALCONNECTOR

FUEL INJECTORS

FUEL INJECTORSMANIFOLDVACUUM

FUEL FLOW

880 PTEC.35

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.7

Page 204: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Electronic Returnless Fuel System (continued)

Fuel System SensorsThe fuel pump delivers fuel through a single fuel supply line to the closed-ended fuel rail. Two sensors feedback railfuel pressure and temperature to the PCM. The IP (injector pressure) sensor is located at the end of the fuel rail, theEFT (engine fuel temperature) sensor is located at the supply end of the fuel rail.

Fuel injection pressure (IP) sensor

• The IP sensor, located on the fuel rail, is a pressuretransducer device with a diaphragm separating thepressure transducer from direct contact with the fuel.

• A pipe connects the sensor to the intake manifoldfor sensing manifold depression (manifold vacuum).

• The voltage signal from the transducer is “condi-tioned” within the sensor.

• The PCM receives the conditioned voltage signal,which is proportional to differential fuel pressurein the rail.

NOTES

0

0

-0.69

-10

0.69

10

1.38

20

0 V

1

2

3

4

5

2.07

30

2.76

40

3.45

50

4.14

60

4.83

70

5.52

80

Bar

psi

APPLIED DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE

NO

MIN

AL

OU

TPU

T V

OLT

AG

E

IP SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs. APPLIED DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE

880 PTEC.36

5.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 205: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Engine fuel temperature (EFT) sensor

• The EFT sensor, located on the fuel rail, is a ther-mistor which has a negative temperature coefficient(NTC).

• Fuel temperature is determined by the PCM by thechange in the sensor resistance.

• The PCM applies a 5 volts to the sensor and monitorsthe voltage across the pins to detect the varying resis-tance.

• The PCM uses the EFT signal to adjust fuel pumppressure to prevent fuel vaporization and ensureadequate fuel supply to the injectors.

NOTES

IP SENSOR

FUEL INLET

EFT SENSOR

880 PTEC.37

FUEL RAIL – V6

IP SENSOR

FUEL INLET

EFT SENSOR

FUEL RAIL – V8

880 PTEC.38

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.9

Page 206: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Electronic Returnless Fuel System (continued)

Fuel pump control and operation

The fuel pump relay, located in the rear power distribution box, supplies power to the RECM to operate the fuelpump. The relay is activated by ignition switched B+ voltage via the inertia switch.

The PCM calculates engine fuel requirements using:

• engine load

• speed

• air flow

• engine temperatures:

– cylinder head (V6)

– engine coolant (V8)

– intake air

• current fuel rail environment from the IP and EFT sensors.

The PCM communicates the fuel flow demand to the RECM as a pulse width modulated (PWM) signal over a singleline at a frequency of approximately 256 Hz and a duty cycle of 0-50%.

The RECM amplifies this signal by increasing the frequency by 64 and doubling the duty cycle, thus providing thevariable high current drive for the fuel pump.

When the ignition switch is turned from OFF to RUN or START, the PCM primes the system by running the pump for1 second. After prime, the pump is switched ON when the CKP signal is received. The pump is switched OFF 1 sec-ond after the engine is stopped. During all hot fuel conditions, fuel pressure is increased to prevent vapor lock.

Fuel pump drive status is monitored by the RECM and communicated to the PCM via the SCP network.

In the event of a vehicle impact, the inertia switch switches open deactivating the fuel pump relay and causing theRECM to cancel fuel pump drive.

NOTES

5.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 207: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Fuel level sensors

Outputs from the fuel level sensors are connected byindependent wires to the RECM, which communicatesthe LH and RH sensor data independently to the instru-ment pack and the PCM via the SCP network.

Inertia switch

The inertia switch is located behind the trim on the leftside of the vehicle, forward of the front door post andbelow the fascia. A finger access hole in the trim allowsthe switch to be reset.

If the inertia switch is tripped, it interrupts the ignitionswitched B+ voltage supply circuit to the fuel pump relaycoil. The direct B+ voltage fuel pump supply to the RECMis interrupted and the pump immediately stops.

NOTES

INERTIA SWITCH

880 PTEC.40

FUEL PUMP CONTROL

POWERTRAINCONTROL MODULE

REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE

BATTERY POWER

B+ IGNITION SWITCHEDPOWER

IGNITIONSWITCHED POWER

MAF

IAT

CHT / ECT

CKP

EFT

IP

FUEL PUMPDRIVE

PWM

FUEL PUMP

FUEL PUMPRELAY

INERTIA SWITCH

FUEL FLOW DEMAND

PWM

FUEL PUMPDIAGNOSTICS (SCP)

FUEL PUMPDRIVE POWER

DATA

880 PTEC.39

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.11

Page 208: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Evaporative Emission Control System

EVAP fuel tank components

To meet ORVR evaporative emission requirements, the tank and associated components are designed to minimizevapor losses. During refueling, the narrowed fuel filler tube below the nozzle region provides a liquid seal against theescape of vapor and a check valve in the tank inlet pipe opens to incoming fuel only to prevent splashback. As thetank fills, vapor escapes through the fuel level float valve, at the top of the tank, and passes through the adsorptioncanisters to atmosphere. When the rising fuel level closes the float valve, the resulting back pressure causes refuel-ling cutoff. While the float valve is closed, any further rise in vapor pressure is relieved by the grade vent valve whichconnects to the canisters via the outlet of the float valve. At less than full tank level, the float valve is always open,providing an unrestricted vapor outlet to the canisters.

If the tank is over filled (e.g. a fault in the delivery system) an integral pressure relief valve in the float valve assemblyopens to provide a direct vent to atmosphere.

The float level vent valve/pressure relief valve assembly and the grade valve are welded to the tank top and are non-serviceable. Note that both valve assemblies incorporate roll-over protection.

The fuel filler cap uses a 1/8 turn action and is tethered to the body. The filler cap assembly incorporates both pres-sure relief and vacuum relief valves (the latter is a new feature to Jaguar).

SINGLEEVAPORATIVE

CANISTER

DUALEVAPORATIVE

CANISTER

EVAPORATIVECANISTER

CLOSE VALVE

VENTFILTER

GRADE VENTVALVE

FUEL TANKPRESSURESENSOR

EVAPORATIVECANISTER

PURGE VALVE

POWERTRAINCONTROL MODULE

PURGE FLOW

INTAKEMANIFOLD

PURGECONTROLSTRATEGY

OBD IILEAK

CHECK

FUEL TANK PRESSURE

MANIFOLD VACUUM

PURGE FLOW

FUEL TANK

PWM

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

TPTEC.78

5.12 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 209: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

EVAP canister assembly

Three series connected EVAP carbon canisters (one single, one dual) are used for vapor storage and are mounted ona plastic bracket fixed to the underbody above the rear axle.

The EVAP canister close valve and fuel tank pressure sensor are components used by the PCM for leak check moni-toring. The EVAP canister close valve is mounted on the canister bracket. The fuel tank pressure sensor is fitted tothe vapor pipe.

FUEL TRANSFER PIPES

FUEL PUMPCONNECTORS JET PUMP ASSEMBLY

CONNECTORSTO EVAP CANISTER

TO EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVEFUEL TO ENGINE

FTP SENSOR

JAGUAR S-TYPE EVAP FUEL TANK COMPONENTS

880 PTEC.41

JAGUAR S-TYPE EVAP CANISTER ASSEMBLY

SINGLEEVAP CANISTER

DUALEVAP CANISTER

EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVECONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET

EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE

880 PTEC.42

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.13

Page 210: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Evaporative Emission Control System (continued)

EVAP canister close valve

The EVAP canister close valve is a solenoid valve thatcloses the canister vent outlet when driven by the PCM.By closing the vent, the system can be monitored forleaks.

Fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor

The FTP sensor is a pressure transducer device. Thevoltage signal from the transducer is “conditioned”within the sensor. The PCM receives the conditionedvoltage signal, which is proportional to the vapor pres-sure in the fuel tank.

EVAP canister purge valve

The EVAP canister purge valve is mounted on the rear lefthand side of the engine bay. The valve is controlled by thePCM with a PWM signal driving a solenoid valve, which inturn applies manifold vacuum to actuate the valve.

NOTES

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE

SOLENOIDCONNECTOR

MANIFOLD CONTROLVACUUM

880 PTEC.43

5.14 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 211: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Crankcase Ventilation System: V6

The closed and part throttle crankcase ventilation sys-tem consists of an oil separator, externally mounted tothe cylinder block between the cylinder banks, a spring-loaded in-line positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve,and a hose to the intake manifold. The intake manifoldhose connection is downstream of the throttle valve andis warmed by engine coolant to prevent icing.

During closed and part throttle conditions, high mani-fold vacuum opens the spring loaded PCV valveallowing crankcase vapors to be drawn through the oilseparator to the intake manifold. Any oil in the vaporsis trapped by the separator and returns to the crank-case. As throttle opening increases, intake manifoldvacuum decreases and the PCV valve closes in propor-tion to the manifold vacuum decrease.

The full load crankcase ventilation system consists ofbreather outlets on each camshaft cover connected tothe intake duct via hoses and a tee connection. At fulland near full load engine operation, intake duct pres-sure decreases drawing crankcase vapor to the intakevia the hoses and tee connection.

NOTES

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION: V6

880 PTEC.44

PCV VALVE

OIL SEPARATOR

FULL LOAD VENTILATION: V6

880 PTEC.45

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 5.15

Page 212: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Crankcase Ventilation System: V8

The V8 full load and part load breather pipes are reconfigured in the Jaguar S-TYPE to accommodate the inductionmanifold, camshaft covers and the engine installation.

During idle and part load operation, crankcase vapors are drawn through the bank 1 camshaft cover oil separator tothe heated intake manifold connection downstream of the throttle valve. During full load operation the vapors flowthrough the bank 2 camshaft cover oil separator to the intake duct.

Vacuum connections for the EVAP system and the IP Sensor are also shown in the illustration.

NOTES

JAGUAR S-TYPE CRANCKCASE VENTILATION AND VACUUM CONNECTIONS: V8

880 PTEC.46

PART LOADBREATHER

AAI VALVEINLET

EVAP EMISSIONS

BRAKE SERVOVACUUM

FULL LOADBREATHER

IP SENSORVACUUM

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVEVACUUM CONTROL

5.16 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 213: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING /VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 214: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL INJECTION

PTEC fuel injection strategy follows the current stan-dard practice of sequential operation with PCM controlto suit the prevailing engine and vehicle operatingmodes and conditions.

The fuel injectors for the S-TYPE V6 and V8 are of thetwin-spray pintle-type design. The injectors for eachengine have unique flow rates. The V8 injectors areconstructed with a shroud to accommodate the airassisted injection (AAI) system.

Fuel injectors are identified by engine bank and cylinder position (bank/position) as follows:

V6 V8

Right hand bank 1 / 1 1 / 2 1 / 3 1 / 1 1 / 2 1 / 3 1 / 4

Left hand bank 2 / 1 2 / 2 2 / 3 2 / 1 2 / 2 2 / 3 2 / 4

Fuel injector resistance

V8 (Siemens) 12 Ohms

V6 (Bosch / Ford) 14 Ohms

NOTES

FUEL INJECTOR: V8

TPTEC.47

FUEL SUPPLY

ASSISTED AIRINLET

6.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 215: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Air Assisted Fuel Injection (V8)

• Air assisted injection decreases the formation ofhydrocarbons and improves combustion stabilityduring cold engine starts by admitting a meteredamount of air to the base of each fuel injector to helpatomize the fuel.

• The amount of air admitted reduces progressivelyas engine temperature increases.

• The PCM controlled AAI valve is attached to thethrottle body adapter.

• The valve controls the air flow volume through thehoses to the air rails and fuel injectors.

• The air rails are part of each bank of the intake mani-fold.

• The difference between intake manifold pressureand atmospheric pressure causes the air to flowthrough the valve.

NOTES

INLET

VALVE SHOWN CLOSED

OUTLET

AAI VALVE (V8)

TPTEC.48

AAI VALVE

AAI VALVE AND AIR DISTRIBUTION

TPTEC.49

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 6.3

Page 216: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL INJECTION

Heated Oxygen (HO2) Sensors

• Both the V6 and V8 engines use two conventionalzirconium dioxide heated oxygen sensors for eachcylinder bank.

• The oxygen sensors produce a voltage by conductingoxygen ions at temperatures above 300 °C (572 °F).

• The tip portion of the sensor’s ceramic element isin contact with the exhaust gas.

• The remaining portion of the ceramic element is incontact with ambient air via a filter through thesensor body.

• Sensor output voltage switches between approxi-mately 800 millivolts and 200 millivolts, depend-ing on the oxygen content of the exhaust gas:

– when the air : fuel ratio is richer than optimum, the oxygen content of the exhaust gas is low and the voltage output is high

– when the air : fuel ratio is leaner than optimum, the oxygen in the exhaust is high and the output voltage is low.

• Only a very small change in air : fuel ratio isrequired to swing the oxygen sensor voltage fromone extreme to the other, thus enabling precisefuel metering control.

NOTES

OU

TPU

T V

OLT

AG

E

RICHER λ = 1 LEANER(OPTIMUM)

200mV

800mV

HO2 SENSOR CHARACTERISTIC

TPTEC.50

700mV

0.86V

10 SWINGS PER MINUTE AT IDLE

UPS

TREA

M O

XY

GEN

SEN

SO

R

200mV

0V

HO2 SENSOR VOLTAGE SWING TRACE (UPSTREAM)

TPTEC.51

6.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 217: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

One sensor is located upstream and one is located downstream of each catalytic converter. The upstream sensorsare used by the ECM for closed loop fuel metering correction. The downstream sensors are used to monitor catalystefficiency.

HO2 sensors are identified by engine bank and exhaust position (bank/position) as follows:

Upstream DownstreamRight hand bank HO2 sensor 1 / 1 HO2 sensor 1 / 2

Left hand bank HO2 sensor 2 / 1 HO2 sensor 2 / 2

The HO2 sensor internal electric heaters reduce the time needed to bring the sensors up to operating temperatureand maintain sensor temperature when the exhaust gasses are cool. B+ voltage is supplied to all four heaters frompowertrain relay 2. Each heater has a separate ground circuit to the PCM for control and diagnostics.

Upstream HO2 Sensor heater resistance 3.3 ΩDownstream HO2 Sensor heater resistance 5.0 Ω

The PCM switches the upstream heaters ON at 100% for about 10 seconds during engine cranking, then controls thevoltage to maintain sensor temperature above 350 °C (662 °F). This action provides fast “light off”. The down-stream HO2 sensors operate in the cooler exhaust gas exiting from the catalytic converter and are always ON whilethe engine is running.

NOTE: The upstream sensors connect to the engine (PI) harness and the downstream sensors connect tothe transmission (GB) harness. THE UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM SENSORS ARE NOTINTERCHANGEABLE.

HO2 SENSORS

UPSTREAM

DOWNSTREAM

TPTEC.52

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 6.5

Page 218: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

FUEL INJECTION

Catalytic Converters

Each two-element catalytic converter is attached to itsexhaust manifold with a two bolt self sealing flange.The resonator and muffler assemblies connect to theconverter outlets with Torca clamps. The entireexhaust system can be serviced from under the vehicle.

NOTES

TPTEC.53

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

6.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 219: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING /VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 220: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

IGNITION

PTEC ignition strategy follows the current standardpractice of PCM control from a base ignition map,which is then corrected for the specific engine operat-ing conditions. Ignition is synchronized by the PCMusing the input signals from the CKP and CMP sensors.

Ignition coils are identified by engine bank and cylinder position (bank/position) as follows:

V6 V8

Right hand bank 1 / 1 1 / 2 1 / 3 1 / 1 1 / 2 1 / 3 1 / 4

Left hand bank 2 / 1 2 / 2 2 / 3 2 / 1 2 / 2 2 / 3 2 / 4

Engine firing order

V6 1 / 1 . . . . 2 / 1 . . . . 1 / 2 . . . . 2 / 2 . . . . 1 / 3 . . . . 2 / 3

V8 1 / 1 . . . . 2 / 1 . . . . 1 / 4 . . . . 1 / 2 . . . . 2 / 2 . . . . 1 / 3 . . . . 2 / 3 . . . . 2 / 4

NOTES

BASE IGNITION MAP (TYPICAL)

880 PTEC.54

IGNITION ANGLE

LOADENGINE SPEED

7.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 221: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

• The spark plug for each cylinder is fired by an on-plugignition coil.

• The primary current side of each coil is supplied withignition switched B+ power.

• The ground side of each coil is switched directly bythe PCM with no additional ignition amplifiersrequired.

• The primary coil switching duration is limited by thePCM to manage the voltage at 9.0v through the coils.

• Damage to the coils will result if the PCM switchedcircuit is short circuited to ground.

• The ignition suppression capacitors in the B+ sup-ply circuit, fitted to the rear of each cylinder head,prevent radio interference.

CAUTION: The ignition coils are rated atapproximately 9 volts. Testing a coil byapplying B+ voltage will cause perma-nent damage and may destroy the unit.

NOTES

IGNITION SUPPRESSIONCAPACITOR

ON-PLUG IGNITION COILS – V6

880 PTEC.55

ON-PLUG IGNITION COILS – V8

880 PTEC.56

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 7.3

Page 222: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

IGNITION

Ignition Knock (detonation) Control

• The ECM retards ignition timing to individual cylin-ders to control ignition knock (detonation) andoptimize engine power.

• Two knock sensors (KS) are positioned on the cyl-inder block to sense engine detonation. One KS ispositioned on bank 1 and the other on bank 2.

• V6 knock sensors are attached to the engine bankin different locations.

– the bank 1 sensor, with the short flying lead, is located on the right side of the engine block above the starter motor

– the bank 2 sensor, with the long flying lead, is located near the oil separator on the top of the cylinder block.

• V8 knock sensors are unchanged from previousJaguar V8 engines.

• Each knock sensor has a piezo electric sensing ele-ment to detect broad band (2 – 20 kHz) engineaccelerations.

• If detonation is detected, the PCM determineswhich cylinder is firing, and retards the ignitiontiming for that cylinder only.

• If, on the next firing of that cylinder, the detona-tion reoccurs, the PCM will further retard the igni-tion timing

• If the detonation does not reoccur on the next fir-ing, the PCM will advance the ignition timingincrementally with each firing.

• The knock sensing ignition retard / advance pro-cess can continue for a particular cylinder up to aspecified maximum retard measured in degrees ofcrankshaft rotation.

• During acceleration at critical engine speeds, thePCM retards the ignition timing to prevent theonset of detonation. This action occurs indepen-dent of input from the knock sensors

NOTES

BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR – V6

880 PTEC.57

BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR: – V6

880 PTEC.58

7.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 223: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING / VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 224: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

8.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 225: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING / VARIABLE INTAKE

Variable Valve Timing (VVT) – V6

A VVT system is used to allow the phasing of the inlet valve opening to be changed relative to the fixed timing of theexhaust valves. Two positions are used, 30˚ apart, with the advanced position occurring at 30˚ BTDC and overlap-ping with the exhaust opening.

The operating strategy is controlled by the engine management system in conjunction with the variable geometryinduction system so as to optimize torque characteristics over the engine speed/load range. The VVT system alsoprovides increased amounts of ‘internal’ EGR under certain speed/load operating conditions.

NOTES

INLET CAMSHAFT RETARDED

TDC

BDC

INLET CAMSHAFTVALVE OVERLAPEXHAUST CAMSHAFT

Exhaust closes at11.5˚ ATDC

Exhaust opens at57.5˚ BBDC

Inlet opens at TDC

11.5˚ overlap

Inlet closes at66˚ ABDC

INLET CAMSHAFT RETARDED

TDC

BDC

Exhaust closes at11.5˚ ATDC

Exhaust opens at57.5˚ BBDC

Inlet opens at30˚ BTDC

41.5˚ overlap

Inlet closes at36˚ ABDC

INLET

EXHA

UST

INLET

EX

HAUST

TWO-STAGE VVT TIMING – V6

880 PTEC.59

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 8.3

Page 226: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING / VARIABLE INTAKE

Variable Valve Timing (VVT) – V6 (continued)

V6 VVT Oil Feed

• The VVT/sprocket unit is fixed on the nose of eachinlet camshaft via a locating pin and hollow boltand is driven directly by the timing chain.

• The oil feed to each VVT unit is supplied via fixedoilways in the cylinder heads

• The oil feed is controlled by the VVT solenoidoperated oil control valves, which are bolteddirectly to each cylinder head.

NOTES

VVT OIL FEED – V6

880 PTEC.60

VVT UNIT

VVT OILCONTROL VALVE

8.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 227: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

V6 VVT Operation

From the oil control valve, the flow is via the thrust bearing cap, through drillings in the camshaft and then throughthe hollow fixing bolt which secures the VVT unit. Drain holes are provided at the rear (camside) face of the VVT unitfor any residual oil which has seeped past the piston.

With the oil control valve open, oil pressure on the helical drive piston is increased, rotating the cams to theadvanced position. When the valve closes, oil pressure reduces and the return spring pushes the piston back to thefully retarded position.

The oil control valve is controlled by a 300Hz PWM signal from the PCM which sets it to either the fully open or ful-ly closed position.

VVTOIL CONTROL VALVE

OPEN

VVT UNIT WITHOIL PRESSURETHRUST BEARING

CAP

THRUST BEARINGCAP

VVTOIL CONTROL VALVE

CLOSED

VVT UNIT WITH OIL PRESSURE REDUCED

880 PTEC.61

TW0-STAGE VVT OPERATION – V6

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 8.5

Page 228: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING / VARIABLE INTAKE

Variable Valve Timing – V8

The V8 variable valve timing (VVT) system is the same as the linear VVT system used on AJ27 V8 engines. The system pro-vides continuously variable inlet valve timing over a crankshaft range of 48° ±2°. Depending on driver demand, enginespeed/load conditions and Powertrain Control requirements, the inlet valve timing is advanced or retarded to the opti-mum angle within this range. Compared to the two position system, inlet valve opening is advanced by an extra 8°,providing greater overlap and increasing the internal EGR effect (exhaust gases mixing with air in the inlet port).

The linear VVT system provides a number of advantages:

• Improves internal EGR, further reducing NOx emissions and eliminating the need for an externalEGR system

• Optimizes torque over the engine speed range without the compromise of the two position system:note that specified torque and power figures are unchanged

• Improves idle quality: the inlet valve opens 10° later, reducing valve overlap and thus the internalEGR effect (undesirable at idle speed)

• Faster VVT response time

• VVT operates at lower oil pressure

NOTES

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720

CRANK ANGLE (degrees)

VA

LVE

LIF

T (

mm

)

EXHAUSTINLET

MAXIMUM ADVANCEINLET

MAXIMUM RETARD

880 PTEC.62

LINEAR VVT TIMING – V8

8.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 229: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

V8 Linear VVT Components

Each cylinder bank has a VVT unit, bush carrier and solenoid operated oil control valve. The VVT unit consists of anintegral control mechanism with bolted on drive sprockets, the complete assembly being non-serviceable. The unitis fixed to the front end of the inlet camshaft via a hollow bolt and rotates about the oil feed bush on the bush carri-er casting. The bush carrier is aligned to the cylinder head by two hollow spring dowels and secured by three bolts.

The oil control valve fits into the bush carrier to which it is secured by a single screw. The solenoid connector at the topof the valve protrudes through a hole in the camshaft cover but the cover must first be removed to take out the valve.

Note that only the bush carriers are left and right handed.

NOTES

LINEAR VVT COMPONENTS – V8

SOLENOID CONNECTOR

OIL CONTROL VALVE

OIL FEED BUSH

BUSH CARRIER

OIL DRAINS

OIL FEED

VVT UNITFIXING BOLT

VVT UNIT

880 PTEC.63

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 8.7

Page 230: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING / VARIABLE INTAKE

Variable Valve Timing: – V8 (continued)

V8 Linear VVT unit

The VVT unit drives the secondary chain to the exhaustcamshaft. The inlet camshaft is driven from the body ofthe unit via internal helical splines. When commandedfrom the PCM, this mechanism rotates the inlet cam-shaft relative to the body/sprocket assembly to advanceor retard the valve timing.

The VVT unit has three main parts:

• the body/sprocket assembly

• an inner sleeve bolted axially to the nose of thecamshaft

• a drive ring/piston assembly located between thebody and inner sleeve and coupled to both viahelical splines.

Oil pressure applied in the advance chamber forces thedrive ring/piston assembly to move inwards along itsaxis while rotating clockwise on the helical bodysplines. Since the drive ring is also helically geared tothe inner sleeve but with opposite angled splines, theinner sleeve is made to rotate in the same direction,turning the camshaft.

To move back to a retard position, oil pressure is switched to the retard chamber and the piston and rotationalmovements are reversed. A light pressure spring is fitted in the retard chamber to assist the piston assembly to revertto the fully retarded position with the engine stopped.

NOTES

ANTI-BACKLASHSPRINGS

RETARD CHAMBEROIL FEED / DRAIN

INNER SLEEVE

PISTON RETURNSPRING

DRIVE RINGAND PISTON ASSEMBLY

ADVANCE CHAMBEROIL FEED / DRAIN

ADVANCE CHAMBER

LINEAR VVT UNIT – V8

880 PTEC.64

8.8 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 231: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Linear VVT Oil Control

Engine oil is supplied to the VVT unit via the bush carrier and is switched to either the advance or retard side of themoving piston assembly by the oil control valve. The oil control valve consists of a four spool shuttle valve directlyoperated by a solenoid plunger and fitted with a return spring. It is a non-serviceable component.

To fully advance the cams, the solenoid is energized pushing the shuttle valve down. This action causes the incom-ing oil feed to be directed through the lower oilway in the bush carrier and into the advance oil chamber where itpushes on the piston/drive ring assembly. As the piston moves in the advance direction (towards the camshaft), oil isforced out of the retard chamber through oilways in the sprocket unit, camshaft, hollow fixing bolt, bush carrier andthe shuttle valve from which it drains into the engine.

To move to the fully retarded position, the solenoid is de-energized, the return spring holds the shuttle valve in itsupper position and the oil flow is directed through the bush carrier upper oilway into the VVT unit. Oil is chan-nelled through the hollow VVT fixing bolt and via oilways in the camshaft and sprocket unit to the retard chamberwhere it acts on the moveable piston/drive ring assembly. As the piston moves, oil is forced from the advance cham-ber back through the shuttle valve to the engine.

880 PTEC.65

LINEAR VVT OIL CONTROL – V8

BUSH CARRIER

CAMSHAFT

VVTSOLENOID VALVE DRIVE RING AND

PISTON ASSEMBLYRETARD CHAMBER

VVT UNIT FIXING BOLT

CAMSHAFTROTATIONTO RETARD

VVT UNIT IN FULLY RETARDED POSITION

CAMSHAFTROTATION

TO ADVANCEOIL FEED

OIL DRAINS

VVT UNIT IN FULLY RETARDED POSITION

OIL FEED

OIL DRAINS

FOUR-SPOOLSHUTTLE VALVE

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 8.9

Page 232: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING / VARIABLE INTAKE

Variable Valve Timing – V8 (continued)

Linear VVT-PCM Control System

Closed loop controlNormally, continuously variable timing requires the VVT piston to be set to the optimal position between fulladvance and retard for a particular engine speed and load. The PCM positions the shuttle valve using a PWM con-trol signal operating at a frequency of 300 Hz. The shuttle valve assumes a position between the limits of travelproportional to the “duty cycle” of the signal. An increasing duty cycle causes an increase in timing advance.

The actual position of the camshaft is monitored by the PCM from the CMP sensor signal. If a difference is sensedbetween the actual and demanded positions, the PCM will attempt to correct it.

Engine oil temperatureEngine oil properties and temperature can affect the ability of the VVT mechanism to follow demand changes to thecam phase angle. At very low oil temperatures, movement of the VVT mechanism is sluggish due to increased vis-cosity and at high temperatures the reduced viscosity may impair operation if the oil pressure is too low.

The VVT system is normally under closed loop control except in extreme temperature conditions such as cold startsbelow 0 °C (32 °F). At extremely high oil temperatures, the PCM may limit the amount of VVT advance to preventthe engine stalling when returning to idle speed. This could occur because of the slow response of the VVT unit tofollow a rapid demand for speed reduction. Excessive cam advance at very light loads produces high levels of inter-nal EGR which may result in unstable combustion or misfires.

NOTES

8.10 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 233: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Variable Intake System (V6)

V6 engines use a variable intake system designed tooptimize engine torque across the engine speed / loadrange. Variable intake combined with variable valvetiming provides an optimized engine torque curvethroughout the engine operating range.

Variable Intake Components

• The throttle body connects directly to the inductionmanifold assembly, which is constructed of alumi-num alloy.

• The manifold mounts to the cylinder heads with thelower intake manifold assembly “sandwiched”between.

• The manifold plenum chamber is split into upper andlower compartments with two interconnecting holes.

• Two identical Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valvesare located at the interconnecting holes.

• The IMT valves are solenoid operated gate valves,which rotate 90° for open / close.

• B+ voltage is separately supplied to each IMT valvevia powertrain control relay 1 in the front power dis-tribution box.

• The PCM switches the ground side of the valves viaseparate hard wires to activate the solenoids.

• The plenum chamber volume and the length of theintake air path are tuned by the positions of the IMTvalve gates to assure that the natural charge air pres-sure waves or pulses are maximized for the ever-changing engine speed and load conditions.

• The plenum chamber volume and manifold geometry can be set to three different configurations based on thespecific engine speed / load range:

– short pipe

– medium-length pipe

– long pipe

• The two IMT valves, controlled by the PCM are set in combination to provide the three manifold configurations.

NOTES

VARIABLE INTAKE SYSTEM MANIFOLD (V6)

TOP IMT VALVE

BOTTOM IMT VALVE

880 PTEC.66

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 8.11

Page 234: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING / VARIABLE INTAKE

Variable Intake System (V6) (continued)

VARIABLE INTAKE SYSTEM OPERATION (V6)

880 PTEC.68

BOTH IMT VALVES CLOSED

TOP IMT VALVE OPEN / BOTTOM IMT VALVE CLOSED

BOTH IMT VALVES OPEN

8.12 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 235: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

The PCM calculates the required valve positions using the following data:

• Engine speed from CKP sensor

• Throttle position from TP sensors

• Engine temperature from CHT sensor

• Charge air temperature from IAT sensor

Both valves closed

Both IMT valves closed provides the minimum plenum volume and the shortest intake air path to the cylinders.

Top valve open / bottom valve closed

With the top valve open and the bottom valve closed, plenum volume and the effective length of the intake air pathare both increased.

Both valves open

With both valves open, the plenum volume and the air intake path effective length are at their maximum.

The graph shows the how the PCM control of variable intake system optimizes the engine torque curve.

NOTES

TOP IMT VALVECLOSED OPEN

CLOSED OPENBOTTOM IMT VALVE

VVTADVANCED

CLOSED

CLOSED

RETARDED

1000

325

300

275

250

225

200

175

150

1252000 3000 4000

ENGINE SPEED (rpm)

BR

AK

E TO

RQ

UE

(Nm

)

5000 6000 7000

ENGINE TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS

880 PTEC.67

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 8.13

Page 236: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

8.14 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 237: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING /VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 238: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR): V6 ONLY

The EGR system is only fitted to V6 engines and comprises the following components:

• EGR vacuum regulator valve

• EGR valve

• Differential pressure feedback EGR sensor

• Exhaust gas feedback pipe with internal orifice

Exhaust gas is recirculated back to the engine intake in proportion to a measured pressure differential in the feed-back pipe. The amount of gas recirculated varies primarily with engine speed and load but is also modified by thePCM to allow for other factors, e.g. coolant temperature, and also to achieve optimum emissions and fuel economy.

The recirculated exhaust gas is taken from the bank 1 exhaust manifold and fed into the engine via the EGR valve.The feedback pipe contains an internal tube with a small diameter orifice that creates a pressure differential in thefeedback pipe. Two small pipes, connected to the feedback pipe each side of the orifice, transmit the pressure differ-ential to the differential pressure feedback EGR sensor.

NOTES

EGR SYSTEM (V6)

EGR VACUUMREGULATOR VALVE

DPFE SENSOREGR VALVE

EXHAUST GASFLOW

ORIFICE

880 PTEC.70

9.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 239: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Differential pressure feedback EGR (DPFE) sensor

The PCM receives an EGR feedback signal from the DPFE sensor. The sensor consists of a vacuum operated variablecapacitor and a processing circuit, which convert the input pressure / vacuum value to a corresponding analoguevoltage signal. The DPFE sensor has a linear response and the variations in exhaust pressure produce a signal volt-age in the range of 1V – 3.5V dc.

• The EGR vacuum regulator valve and the EGR valvecomprise the actuating components of the controlloop.

• The EGR vacuum regulator valve has a vacuum inputfrom the manifold distribution pipes, a vacuum out-put to the EGR valve, and receives a pulse widthmodulated (PWM) signal from the PCM.

• The PWM signal switches the vacuum control outputto the EGR valve according to input demand from thedifferential pressure feedback EGR sensor or inresponse to override conditions determined by theengine management system.

• The EGR valve is a vacuum operated diaphragmvalve with no electrical connections, which opensthe EGR feed pipe to the induction manifold underthe EGR vacuum regulator control.

EGR Control Conditions

EGR operates over most of the engine speed/load range but is disabled by the engine management system under cer-tain conditions:

• During engine cranking

• Until normal operating temperature is reached

• When the diagnostic system registers a failure which affects the EGR system (e.g. a faulty sensor)

• During idling to avoid unstable or erratic running

• During wide open throttle operation

• When traction control is operative.

While the main control loop is based on feedback from the differential pressure feedback EGR sensor, the EGR rate isalso modified by other engine conditions; coolant, ambient and charge air temperatures, barometric pressure, VVTcam position and charge air mass. Note also that the EGR rate increases gradually after it is enabled during each driv-ing period.

NOTES

880 PTEC.69

DPFE SENSOR (V6)

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 9.3

Page 240: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

9.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 241: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service TrainingDATE OF ISSU

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING /VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Course 881E: 9/2001

Page 242: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

10.2 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 243: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL AND INTERFACE FUNCTIONS

Radiator Cooling Fan and Air Conditioning Compressor Control

The Jaguar S-TYPE radiator cooling fan is driven by avariable speed 500W electric motor. An electroniccooling fan module, located under the radiator coolingpack, drives the fan motor.

The cooling fan module is supplied with:

• ignition switched 20 Amp fused B+ power supplyfrom powertrain relay 1 for the control circuit

• battery direct B+ power supply via the 80 Ampfuse adjacent to the front power distribution boxfor fan motor drive.

When the engine is running, the cooling fan modulereceives a PWM control signal proportional to theengine cooling requirements from the PCM. Inresponse to the PCM control signal, the cooling fanmodule switches the fan motor ON and OFF and variesfan speed between 300 rpm to 2900 rpm using PWMdrive voltage.

As the engine is switched off, the A/CCM notes the engine coolant (V8) or cylinder head (V6) temperature(SCP MESSAGE) and provides a control signal to the cooling fan control module for a fixed period of time to operatethe fan motor. The engine off fan operational time period is determined by the A/CCM based on the SCP tempera-ture message.

In addition to radiator cooling fan control, the PCM controls the operation of the air conditioning compressorclutch. The PCM receives the air conditioning compressor operation request from the A/CCM via the SCP network.

The PCM calculates the engine cooling requirement from signal inputs received from the following sources:

• ECT sensor (V8)

• CHT sensor (V6)

• Air conditioning pressure sensor

• Air conditioning compressor status

• Transmission fluid temperature

NOTES

JAGUAR S-TYPE RADIATOR COOLING FAN ASSEMBLY

COOLING FAN MODULE

880 PTEC.71

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 10.3

Page 244: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL AND INTERFACE FUNCTIONS

Radiator Cooling Fan and Air Conditioning Compressor Control (continued)

Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor

The air conditioning pressure sensor, located in the A/C “high side” is a pressure transducer sensing refrigerant systemhigh side pressure. The feedback voltage from the transducer supplies the PCM with a signal proportional to refrigerantpressure. The PCM uses the refrigerant pressure signal for coolant fan requirement and compressor clutch control.

Fail Safe Engine Cooling (V6)

V6 PCMs are programmed with a function that monitors engine temperature and performs actions that prolong safeengine operation by controlling engine temperature. This “fail safe engine cooling” strategy is fully controlled by thePCM. Fail safe engine cooling strategy on V6 engines is made possible by monitoring the engine temperature with acylinder head temperature (CHT) sensor (metal contact) instead of a ECT sensor (coolant).

If the PCM detects excessively high engine temperature, it switches off the fuel injector(s) of one or more cylinders.With no fuel being injected, ambient air is pumped through the cylinder cooling the engine. By switching individualinjectors off for a period of time and in a sequence determined by the PCM, engine temperature can be controlled toallow the vehicle to be driven for a short distance.

The overall engine cooling strategy can be divided into five stages. The fail safe engine cooling (FSC) strategy oper-ates in the three top stages as explained in the following chart.

Engine cooling strategy

All temperatures shown are approximate.

Stage Temperature Warnings Action

Normal 82 °C (180 °F) – 118 °C (245 °F) Coolant temp gauge Normal cooling fan control

Above normal > 118 °C (245 °F) – <121 °C (250 °F)

Coolant temp gauge in RED zoneENGINE OVERTEMP warning lightCHECK ENGINE TEMP messageSingle chime

Cooling fan maximum

FSC Stage 1Reduced power

> 121 °C (250 °F) – < 149 °C (300 °F)

Coolant temp gauge in RED zoneENGINE OVERTEMP warning lightREDUCED ENGINE POWER messageCHECK ENGINE MILThree chimes

Cooling fan maximumPCM begins selectively and

alternately shutting off thefuel injectors

Engine speed limited

FSC Stage 2Stop engine safely

> 149 °C (300 °F) – < 166 °C (330 °F)

Coolant temp gauge in RED zoneFlashing ENGINE OVERTEMP

warning lightSTOP ENGINE SAFELY messageCHECK ENGINE MILFive chimes

Cooling fan maximumPCM continues selectively

and alternately shutting off the fuel injectors

Engine speed limited

FSC Stage 3Engine shut down

166 °C (330 °F)Coolant temp gauge in RED zoneENGINE OVERTEMP warning lightCHECK ENGINE MIL

Cooling fan maximumPCM shuts down engine

10.4 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 245: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

Generator

The PCM is responsible for issuing SCP commands directing the instrument pack to switch the generator warninglight OFF or ON. Each time the ignition is switched ON to position II, the instrument pack initiates its bulb checkcycle. The generator warning light will remain active until the instrument pack receives an SCP LOW VOLTAGETELLTALE (OFF) message from the PCM.

The PCM receives generator charging voltage information via a hard wire from generator pin marked ALTLMP onthe generator. If the charging system is functioning correctly, the PCM transmits the SCP LOW VOLTAGE TELLTALE(OFF) message. If the PCM detects an out of range voltage (high or low) during normal operation, it transmits an SCPLOW VOLTAGE TELLTALE (ON) message signaling the instrument pack to activate the generator warning light. Ifthe generator detects an internal fault it holds the ALTLMP signal at zero volts. After 15 seconds at zero volts thePCM transmits the SCP LOW VOLTAGE TELLTALE (ON) message and triggers a non OBD II DTC.

The PCM receives generator load information via a hard wire from the generator pin marked FRI. This circuit com-municates a PWM signal proportional to generator field load. When the vehicle battery is fully charged andelectrical demands are low, generator output can drop to zero resulting in a B+ voltage signal. As generator outputincreases to supply increased electrical demands the PWM duty cycle increases. At full generator output the dutycycle is 100% resulting in a continuous zero voltage signal. The PCM increases throttle valve opening at idle to com-pensate for the increased generator load.

NOTES

Date of Issue: 9/2001 Student Guide 10.5

Page 246: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMService Training

10.6 Student Guide Date of Issue: 9/2001

Page 247: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

J A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N GJ A G U A R S E R V I C E T R A I N I N G

PTEC ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Service Training Course 881DATE OF ISSUE: 9/2001

1 PTEC OVERVIEW ANDCONTROL SUMMARY

2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

3 PCM SENSING COMPONENTS – ENGINE

4 INDUCTION AIR ANDTHROTTLE CONTROL

5 FUEL DELIVERY ANDEVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

6 FUEL INJECTION

7 IGNITION

8 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING /VARIABLE INTAKE

9 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR):V6 ONLY

10 OTHER PCM ENGINE CONTROL ANDINTERFACE FUNCTIONS

11 TASK SHEETS

Page 248: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 249: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

S-TYPE - DTC Summaries

Name:_______________________ Date:____________ Vehicle/VIN__________________

1. What is KOEO self test?

2. What is KOER self test?

3. What does DTC P1001 provide as a fault description?

4. If DTC P0102 is logged what self test should you perform? KOEO [ ], KOER [ ], Why?

5. Elaborate on DTC P1299.

• Can it be logged on an AJ V8 PTEC system: Yes [ ] No [ ]

• How many trips does it require to log? 1 Trip [ ], 2 Trips [ ]

• What is the PCM’s default action if this fault is logged?

•Will any messages be displayed in the Instrument Cluster with this DTC: Yes [ ] No [ ]

•If “Yes” please list the messages.

6. Is the drive cycle for comprehensive component monitoring longer for the AJV8 com-pared to the AJV6? Yes [ ] No [ ]. If yes, why?

Instructor Check:

Page 250: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 251: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

S-TYPE - PTEC Overview

Name:_______________________ Date:____________ Vehicle/VIN__________________

1. Review the correct Electrical Guide and list the power distribution paths for the PCM.

2. How does the PCM control power to operate high amperage consumers (i.e.:, AC com-pressor).

3. Why is communication occurring between the PCM and the Throttle Motor Actuator.

4. What signal does the PCM receive when the PSP switch closes? _____________________

5. Where does APP2 receive it’s operating voltage from? _______________________, Why? _______________________________________________________________________

Instructor Check: ____________________________

Page 252: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 253: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

1. The illustration below Identifies the components and signals used to operate the fuel pump. What is the purpose of the IP sensor? ___________________________

2. What is the purpose of the FTS? _____________________________________________

Use the appropriate Electrical Guide to identify the wire colors and pin num-bers at the RECM.

3. What type of signal is provided to the RECM by the PCM requesting for fuel pump operation. ______________, What is the wire color and pin number_________________

4. Signal frequency?_______________. Is it fixed [ ] Yes, [ ] No

5. Signal duty cycle at idle = _____________, under load (2500 RPM) _____________

6. What type of signal is provided from the RECM to drive the fuel pump? ____________, What is the wire color and pin number. ___________________________________

7. Signal frequency ? ______________. Is it fixed [ ] Yes, [ ] No

8. Signal duty cycle at idle = _____________, under load (2500 RPM) _____________

9. Load PDU multimeter, load amp clamp. Connect the fuel pump control circuit and measure value. Record reading at the idle and under load.

Idle = __________ Under load = ___________

Instructor Check: __________________________

S-TYPE - PTEC Fuel Pump Control

Page 254: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 255: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

880 - V8/V6 Engine Management

Student Workbook 880 Worksheet.fm

zService Training

S-TYPE - PCM Datalogger

Name:_______________________, Date:____________, Vehicle/VIN__________________

Connect the PTU to the vehicle and enter the datalogger program.

1. With the engine running, highlight the information button on each signal. Observe and record the following signals.•AIRI = Air Assist Injection ____________________________________________________

•CHT = Cylinder Head Temperature sensor (AJV6) ________________________________

•DPFE V6 =Differential Pressure Sensor ________________________________________

•EFPT = Fuel Rail Pressure Transducer __________________________________________

•EFT = Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor ____________________________________________

•FPDC = Fuel Pump Duty Cycle. _______________________________________________

•EGRDC = EGR Duty Cycle ____________________________________________________

•H02SIU = Upstream 02 Sensor Signal __________________________________________

•H02SID = Downstream 02 Sensor Signal _______________________________________

•MAF= Mass Air Flow ________________________________________________________

•PURGEDC = Purge Valve Duty Cycle ___________________________________________

2. Monitor and record the following signals with engine at idle and then at 1500 RPM.

•APP1 = ____________________________________________________________________

•APP2 = ____________________________________________________________________

•APP3 = ____________________________________________________________________

•TPS1 = ____________________________________________________________________

•TPS2 = ____________________________________________________________________

•TPS3 = ____________________________________________________________________

Instructor Check:

Page 256: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 257: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC V8 ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 1 – 2001 MY S-TYPE

POWERTRAINCONTROL MODULE

PCM FLASHPROGRAMMING

AIR BAG SYSTEM –AIR BAG DEPLOYMENT(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SERIALCOMMUNICATION

CHTSENSOR

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE

GENERATORLOAD

GENERATORWARNING

SCP NOTE:THE PCM COMMUNICATES WITHTHE THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULEONLY FOR DIAGNOSTIC PURPOSES.

IMTVALVE

(BOTTOM)

DSC CM –BRAKE ON / OFF

NOTE:ON VEHICLES WITH DYNAMIC STABILITYCONTROL, THE PCM RECEIVES THEBRAKE ON / OFF SIGNAL (FH1-40) FROMTHE DSC CONTROL MODULE.

A/C PRESSURESENSOR

IMTVALVE(TOP)

HO2SENSOR

MAFSENSOR

CKPSENSORKS

CMPSENSOR

EOTSENSOR

HO2SENSOR VVT

VALVECMP

SENSOR KSEFT

SENSORIP

SENSOR

BRAKESWITCH

IATSENSOR

EVAPCANISTER

CLOSEVALVE*

APP SENSOR

TP SENSOR

FTPSENSOR*

HO2SENSOR

HO2SENSOR VVT

VALVE

EVAP CANISTERPURGE VALVE

PSPSWITCH

*NOTE: EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE AND FUEL TANKPRESSURE SENSOR – OBD II VEHICLES ONLY.

FRONT POWERDISTRIBUTION BOX

THROTTLE MOTORCONTROL RELAY

FH1-04

U

GB1-17

PI1-08

FH1-47

B+

PI1-07

FH1-32

FH1-03

FH1-33

FH1-13

PI1-10

PI1-17

PI1-20

PI1-15

PI1-40

PI1-47

PI1-53

PI1-55

PI1-56

PI1-54

PI1-51

PI1-59

FH1-01

PI1-58

WUW

NRNUNWR

WRW

WB

WRSRWBWP

WU

WP

WWRSRSB

WG

WP

YB

NNWBNRN

N

PI1-33

PI1-39

PI1-42

PI1-44

PI1-45

PI1-43

S

WU

YG

GO

GY

GB1-16

GB1-28

GB1-15

GB1-29 WGWU

NGNU

Y

SS

N

FH49

B+

P66

P67

20.2 D

17.1 I

S

S

20.1SCP

20.1SCP

FH1-49

SP D

PI26 -2 -1 PI27 -2 -1PI6PI7 -4 -3 -1-2-4 -3 -1-2

FH20 -3 -5 -2

PI40 -2 -1PI13 -1 -2 PI11 -1 -2

NU

WU

υ

1/1 2/1

PI10 -1 -2

1 2

PI12 -1 -2

υ

GB3 GB4-4 -3-1-2 -4 -3-1-2

λ

2/2

λ

1/221 1 2

GO

WP

GW

WB

PI5 -1 -2 PI4 -1 -2

P82

P83

PI1-48

PI1-52

PI1-49

WR

WGY

FH1-05

FH1-06

FH1-10

FH1-15

FH1-16

FH1-17

PI1-18

PI1-19

FH1-20

P80

P81

IL9 -1 -2

υ

IL2 -3 -2 -1

P75

P74

BBBB

YR

ONUWWU

FH1-23

FH1-31

FH1-37

FH1-38

FH1-40

NY

W

YUWPWPFH1-51

FH1-52

FH1-55

PI1-25

-4

GR

P70

NRFH1-12

SB

WB

SR

WR S

R

WR

NW

YP

WP

FH68 -1 -2

υ

CA37 -2 -1

GR

BO

CV4 -2 -1

P73

B

PI1-57 W

NW

YP

WP

NU

NW

WP

NY

WB

YG

NG

WG

NU

WU

NW

WP

NG

WG

GU

NR

NR

WR

GYNNWGB

GR

NU

NG

OYFHS1 FH13-14

OY

WP

NW

OU

OG

CAS29

64

FHS3

PI16 -4

Y

-7 -10 -1 -2 -3 -6

N W WR

W Y N

-9

W

-2

S

-3

S

-10

S

-4

U

PIS2

WU

WG

NG

λ λ

GBS2

NU

NW

YP

WP

CV1-2

FH13-16

FP2 -2-3 -6

FH13 -17-7 -3

PIS1

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

FP1 -3 -2 -1

PI1-50

WR02.1

PI1-05

SR02.1

S S

20.1

20.1

SCP

I

I

ILS2

PI1-29 NYO

PI1-37 NGO

20.2

NR NR

GO

NG

GB

NY

PI47 -2 -1 PI48 -2 -1

P76

P77

FH1-24

FH1-25

FH1-26

FH1-27

FH1-43

PIS6

IL10-10 IL10-4 IL10-12

YG

IL10-11

BB

FH1-40

O05.1 I

FHS4

NR

CA88 -6-9 -2-5 -4 -7 -3-10 -8

N NRW WR

WU

YU

YR Y

N NRW WR

WU

YU

YR Y

FH5 -5-4 -3-9 -2 -1 -7-8 -6

YP 03.4

NR

APP1 APP2 APP3

TP1 TP2 TP3

H H H

BW

PI46-1

FH3 -1-2

NR

GU

P71

PI51 -2 -1

W N

P

PI2-1

O

I

PI44 -6

B

-12

B

PI2 -7 -5

B B

FH49

-5

GY

-11

GY

FHS32

GY

BY

GR

RY

PI2 -8 -6

3 1

5 2

#4

4

GY

GY

BYFH1-22O

85 86

Page 258: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 259: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC V8 ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 2 – 2001 MY S-TYPE

COOLING FANMODULE

POWERTRAINCONTROL MODULE

IGNITION COILS

IGNITIONSUPPRESSION

CAPACITOR

FUEL INJECTORS

IGNITIONSUPPRESSION

CAPACITOR

AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR

BRAKECANCELSWITCH

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

RELAY

FRONTPOWER DISTRIBUTION BOX

COOLING FAN

FUEL PUMPRELAY

REARPOWER DISTRIBUTION BOX

FUEL PUMP

MULTIPLE CIRCUITSAND WIRE COLOR CODES

SCP NOTE:THE PCM COMMUNICATES WITHTHE RECM ONLY FOR DIAGNOSTICPURPOSES.

COMPRESSORCLUTCH REQUEST

FUEL PUMP DIODE (2)

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

ON

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTECRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

RESUMESET +SET -CANCELOFF

(FAN)

CF5-5

NY

IL3 -1

1/1

PI28 -1 -2

FH1-17 N

FH49

BBBBFH1-24

FH1-25

FH1-26

FH1-27

NYFH1-43

FH1-20 Y

FH1-36 NY

FH1-42 WP

FH1-56 BO

FH1-57 YU

FH1-58 WP

FH1-28 OY

-2

1/2

PI29 -1 -2

1/3

PI31 -1 -2

2/1

PI32 -1 -2

2/2

PI33 -1 -2

2/3

PI34 -1 -2IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2 IL7 -1 -2 IL8 -1 -2

PI1-02 NWO

PI1-11 NGO

PI1-12 NGO

PI1-13 NUO

PI1-14 NO

PI1-21 NYO

PI1-22 NYO

PI1-23 NRO

PI1-24 NRO

PI1-30 NWO

PI1-31 NO

PI1-32 NUO

GRP

69

GWGYGUGRGBGO

GYGUGRGBGOGW

P84

BW

GW

BY

GY

BU

GU

BO

GR

BG

GB

BR

GO

N GY

NR

GU

NU

GR

NG

GB

NY

GO

NW

GW

GB

1/1 1/2 1/3 2/1 2/2 2/3

ILS1

GU

GU

PI37

PI38

PIS7

FH1-04

U

B+FH1-32

FH1-03

FH1-33

S

GO

GY

B+

P66

P67

S

S

20.1

20.1

YP

NW

WP

FH6 -3 -2 -1

FHS3

FHS4

I

03.3

CA36 -2 -1

OY

OY

65

FH28-17

WB

FH1-09 NUO

WP

FC28-01

UYFC28-12

SB S

S

20.1

20.1

CA102-02

UOCA102-01

SW S

S

20.1

20.1

67

P78

GY

NU

CF1-5

CF5-6

GO

CF5-3

RB

CF5-7

WB

CF5-1

BY

CF5-4

RY

CF5-2

BR

P68

5

CF1-6FC3-11

WB

CF2

BR

FH95

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

B+

I

I

O

O

I

CF6-1 CF6-2

FH13-8 (LHD)FH28-8 (RHD)

O

CA103-19

FC28-04

19

GU

GW 12CA61-G1 CA61-G2

GRCA101-01

FP4-1 FP4-3

GOCA101-11

BRCA101-12

FP2-4

FP2-1

GO

BR

I

O

O

B+

03.3

CA101-02I

CA116

O

IL10-6

GU

IL10-1 IL10-7 IL10-2 IL10-8 IL10-3 IL10-9

CA101-03

OB59 B+

CA100-08

GB B+11

SCP

RO

GR

R (LHD)RU (RHD)

B (LHD)BU (RHD)

GR

5

2

3

1

#84

PI46-11

GYPI41-1PI46-8

BB

FH42(FH22)

B

CA156

PI41-2

BRDCAS57

BPIS8

1κ Ω

BO

YU

CS5-4

CS5-6 2.2κ Ω510 Ω300 Ω180 Ω120 ΩCS2-7

CS2-8

FC3-3 (LHD)FC5-9 (RHD)

FC5-4 FCS6

BYBO

YU

BO

YUSQ2-1

SQ2-3I

5

2

3

1

#74

B+

Page 260: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 261: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC V6 ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 1 – 2001 MY S-TYPE

POWERTRAINCONTROL MODULE

(CONTINUED FIGURE 03.3)

PCM FLASHPROGRAMMING

AIR BAG SYSTEM –AIR BAG DEPLOYMENT(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SERIALCOMMUNICATION

HO2SENSOR

MAFSENSOR

CKPSENSOR

ECTSENSOR KS

CMPSENSOR

EOTSENSOR

HO2SENSOR

EVAP CANISTERPURGE VALVE

VVTVALVE

CMPSENSOR KS

EFTSENSOR

IPSENSOR

AAIVALVE

BRAKESWITCH

IATSENSOR

PSPSWITCH

EVAPCANISTER

CLOSEVALVE*

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE

APP SENSOR

TP SENSOR*NOTE: EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE AND FUEL TANKPRESSURE SENSOR – OBD II VEHICLES ONLY.

FTPSENSOR*

GENERATORLOAD

GENERATORWARNING

SCP NOTE:THE PCM COMMUNICATES WITHTHE THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULEONLY FOR DIAGNOSTIC PURPOSES.

A/C PRESSURESENSOR

DSC CM –BRAKE ON / OFF

NOTE:ON VEHICLES WITH DYNAMIC STABILITYCONTROL, THE PCM RECEIVES THEBRAKE ON / OFF SIGNAL (FH1-40)FROM THE DSC CONTROL MODULE.

HO2SENSOR

HO2SENSOR VVT

VALVE

FRONT POWERDISTRIBUTION BOX

THROTTLE MOTORCONTROL RELAY

FH1-04

U

GB1-17

PI1-08

PI1-09

FH1-47

B+

PI1-07

FH1-32

FH1-03

FH1-33

FH1-13 PI1-10

PI1-17

PI1-20

PI1-15

PI1-46

PI1-47

PI1-53

PI1-55

PI1-56

PI1-54

PI1-51

PI1-59

FH1-01

PI1-58

WUW

NRNUNWR

WRW

WB

WRSRWPWB

WUWWWRSRSBWGWP

YB

NNWBNNRN

N

PI1-33

PI1-39

PI1-42

PI1-44

PI1-45

PI1-43

S

WU

YG

GO

GY

GB1-16

GB1-28

GB1-15

GB1-29 WGWU

NGNU

Y

SS

N

B+

I

S

SCP

SCP

FH1-49

SP D

PI26 -2 -1 PI27 -2 -1PI6PI7 -4 -3 -1-2-4 -3 -1-2

FH20 -3 -5 -2

PI40 -2 -1PI39 -1 -2

PI11 -1 -2

NU

WU

υ

1/1 2/1

PI10 -2 -1

1 2

PI12 -1 -2

υ

GB3 GB4-4 -3-1-2 -4 -3-1-2

λ

2/2

λ

1/2

FH3 -1-2

1 2

GO

WP

GW

NR

WB

GU

PI5 -1 -2 PI4 -1 -2

P82

P83

PI1-48

PI1-52

PI1-49

WR

WGY

FH1-05

FH1-06

FH1-10

FH1-15

FH1-16

FH1-17

PI1-18

PI1-19

FH1-20

P80

P881

PI9 -1 -2

υ

PI15 -3 -2 -1

GY

N

PI18 -2 -1

P76

P75

P74

YR

ONUWWU

FH1-23

FH1-31

FH1-37

FH1-38

FH1-40

W

YUWPWPFH1-51

FH1-52

FH1-55

PI1-25

-4

GR

P70

NRFH1-12

P71

SB

WB

SR

WR S

R

WR

NW

YP

WP

FH68 -1 -2

υ

CA37 -2 -1 PI50 -2 -1

GR

BO

CV4 -2 -1

P73

APP1 APP2 APP3

B

PI1-57 W

NW

YP

WP

NU

NY

WB

NW

WPY

G

NG

WG

NU

WU

NWNG

WG

GU

NR

NR

WR

GYNNWGB

GR

NU

NG

TP1 TP2 TP3

OYFHS1 FH13-14

OY

WP

NW

OU

OG

CAS29

64

W N

FHS3

PI16 -4

Y

-7 -10 -1 -2 -3 -6

N W WR

W Y N

PI44 -6

B

-12

BY

-9

W

-2

S

-3

S

-10

S

-4

U

PI2 -7 -5

PIS2

PIS6

FHS4

NR

CA88 -6-9 -2-5 -4 -7 -3-10 -8

N NRW WR

WU

YU

YR Y

N NRW WR

WU

YU

YR Y

FH5 -13-12 -11-1 -10 -9 -15-16 -14

WU

WG

NG

λ λ

GBS1

NU

NW

YP

WP

CV1-2

FH13-16

FP2 -2-3 -6

FH13 -17-7 -3

PIS1

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

FP1 -3 -2 -1

PI1-50

WRPI1-05

SR

-5

GY

-11

GY

S S

20.1

20.1

SCP

I

I

YP 03.2

FH1-40

O I

NR

P66

P67

20.2

17.1

20.1

20.1

20.2

02.1

02.1

05.1

1 2

B

PI46-1

B B

HHH

P

PI2-1

O

O

I

FHS32

GY

BY

GR

RY

FH49

BBBB

NY

I

I

I

I

I

FH1-24

FH1-25

FH1-26

FH1-27

FH1-43

BB

FH49

BYFH1-22O

85

PI2 -8 -6

3 1

5 2

#4

4

GY

GY

86

S

O

I

D

Page 262: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...
Page 263: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...

PTEC V6 ENGINE MANAGEMENT, PART 2 – 2001 MY S-TYPE

COOLING FANMODULE

STEERING WHEEL

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHESPOWERTRAIN

CONTROL MODULE(CONTINUED FIGURE 04.1)

IGNITION COILS

BANK 1IGNITION

SUPPRESSIONCAPACITOR

FUEL INJECTORS

BANK 2IGNITION

SUPPRESSIONCAPACITOR

AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR

BRAKECANCELSWITCH

AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE

REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE

COMPRESSORCLUTCH REQUEST

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

RELAY

FRONTPOWER DISTRIBUTION BOX

COOLING FAN

FUEL PUMPRELAY

REARPOWER DISTRIBUTION BOX

FUEL PUMP

MULTIPLE CIRCUITSAND WIRE COLOR CODES

SCP NOTE:THE PCM COMMUNICATES WITHTHE RECM ONLY FOR DIAGNOSTICPURPOSES.

FUEL PUMP DIODE (2)

ON

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

RESUMESET +SET -CANCELOFF

(FAN)

CF5-5

NY

PI19 -1

1κ Ω

BO

YU

CS5-4

CS5-6

1/1

PI28 -1 -2

FH1-17

PI1-01

N

NR

FH49

BBBBFH1-24

FH1-25

FH1-26

FH1-27

NYFH1-43

FH1-20 Y

FH1-36 NY

FH1-42 WP

FH1-56 BO

FH1-57 YU

FH1-58 WP

FH1-28 OY

-2

1/2

PI29 -1 -2

1/3

PI31 -1 -2

1/4

PI32 -1 -2

2/1

PI33 -1 -2

2/2

PI34 -1 -2

2/3

PI35 -1 -2

2/4

PI36 -1 -2PI20 -1 -2 PI21 -1 -2 PI22 -1 -2 PI23 -1 -2 PI24 -1 -2 PI25 -1 -2 PI30 -1 -2

O

PI1-02 NWO

PI1-11 NGO

PI1-12 NWO

PI1-13 NGO

PI1-14 NO

PI1-21 NYO

PI1-22 NUO

PI1-23 NYO

PI1-24 NRO

PI1-29 NWO

PI1-30 NO

PI1-31 NO

PI1-32 NUO

PI1-37 NO

PI1-38 NRO

GRP

69

GWGYGUGRGBGOGWGY

GYGUGRGBGOGWGYGU

P84

NW

GW

N GY

NR

GU

NU

GR

NG

GB

NY

GO

NW

GW

N GY

N GY

NR

GU

NU

GR

NG

GB

NY

GO

NW

GW

N GY

NR

GU

GB

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4

GU

PIS10

PIS9

GU

GU

PI37

PI38

PIS5

PIS7

GR

FH1-04

U

B+FH1-32

FH1-03

FH1-33

S

GO

GY

B+

P66

P67

S

S

20.1

20.1

YP

NW

WP

FH6 -3 -2 -1

FHS3

FHS4

I

03.1

CA36 -2 -1

OY

OY

65

FH28-17

WB

FH1-09 NUO

WP

FC28-01

UYFC28-12

SB S

S

20.1

20.1

67

P78

GY

NU

PI46-11

GYPI41-1PI46-8

BB

FH42(FH22)

CF1-5

CF5-6

GO

CF5-3

RB

CF5-7

WB

CF5-1

BY

CF5-4

RY

CF5-2

BR

P68

5

CF1-6FC3-11

WB

CF2

BR

FH95

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

B+

I

I

O

O

I

CF6-1 CF6-2

FH13-8 (LHD)FH28-8 (RHD)

O

CA103-19

FC28-04

19

GU

GW 12CA61-G1 CA61-G2

GRCA101-01

FP4-1 FP4-3

GOCA101-11

BRCA101-12

FP2-4

FP2-1

GO

BR

I

O

O

B+

2.2κ Ω510 Ω300 Ω180 Ω120 Ω

I

CS2-7

CS2-8

FC3-3 (LHD)FC5-9 (RHD)

FC5-4 FCS6

BYBO

YU

03.1

BCA101-02I

CA156

CA116

O

CA102-02

UOCA102-01

SW S

S

20.1

20.1

CA101-03

OB59 B+

CA100-08

GB B+11

SCP

RO

GR

R (LHD)RU (RHD)

B (LHD)BU (RHD)

GR

5

2

3

1

#84

PI41-2

BRDCAS57

BO

YUSQ2-1

SQ2-3

5

2

3

1

#74

B+

Page 264: SERVICE TRAINING COURSE 881 V6 / V8 ENGINE … Guides/881 Manual-9-5-01.pdfservice training course 881 v6 / v8 engine management ... service training course 881 date of issue: ...